fixing pr42337
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / ada / exp_ch4.adb
blob4f0ef91a4194d42e4c4a19e72379bc22816c2c13
1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 -- --
3 -- GNAT COMPILER COMPONENTS --
4 -- --
5 -- E X P _ C H 4 --
6 -- --
7 -- B o d y --
8 -- --
9 -- Copyright (C) 1992-2009, Free Software Foundation, Inc. --
10 -- --
11 -- GNAT is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under --
12 -- terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Soft- --
13 -- ware Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later ver- --
14 -- sion. GNAT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITH- --
15 -- OUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY --
16 -- or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License --
17 -- for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General --
18 -- Public License distributed with GNAT; see file COPYING3. If not, go to --
19 -- http://www.gnu.org/licenses for a complete copy of the license. --
20 -- --
21 -- GNAT was originally developed by the GNAT team at New York University. --
22 -- Extensive contributions were provided by Ada Core Technologies Inc. --
23 -- --
24 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 with Atree; use Atree;
27 with Checks; use Checks;
28 with Debug; use Debug;
29 with Einfo; use Einfo;
30 with Elists; use Elists;
31 with Errout; use Errout;
32 with Exp_Aggr; use Exp_Aggr;
33 with Exp_Atag; use Exp_Atag;
34 with Exp_Ch3; use Exp_Ch3;
35 with Exp_Ch6; use Exp_Ch6;
36 with Exp_Ch7; use Exp_Ch7;
37 with Exp_Ch9; use Exp_Ch9;
38 with Exp_Disp; use Exp_Disp;
39 with Exp_Fixd; use Exp_Fixd;
40 with Exp_Pakd; use Exp_Pakd;
41 with Exp_Tss; use Exp_Tss;
42 with Exp_Util; use Exp_Util;
43 with Exp_VFpt; use Exp_VFpt;
44 with Freeze; use Freeze;
45 with Inline; use Inline;
46 with Namet; use Namet;
47 with Nlists; use Nlists;
48 with Nmake; use Nmake;
49 with Opt; use Opt;
50 with Restrict; use Restrict;
51 with Rident; use Rident;
52 with Rtsfind; use Rtsfind;
53 with Sem; use Sem;
54 with Sem_Aux; use Sem_Aux;
55 with Sem_Cat; use Sem_Cat;
56 with Sem_Ch3; use Sem_Ch3;
57 with Sem_Ch8; use Sem_Ch8;
58 with Sem_Ch13; use Sem_Ch13;
59 with Sem_Eval; use Sem_Eval;
60 with Sem_Res; use Sem_Res;
61 with Sem_SCIL; use Sem_SCIL;
62 with Sem_Type; use Sem_Type;
63 with Sem_Util; use Sem_Util;
64 with Sem_Warn; use Sem_Warn;
65 with Sinfo; use Sinfo;
66 with Snames; use Snames;
67 with Stand; use Stand;
68 with Targparm; use Targparm;
69 with Tbuild; use Tbuild;
70 with Ttypes; use Ttypes;
71 with Uintp; use Uintp;
72 with Urealp; use Urealp;
73 with Validsw; use Validsw;
75 package body Exp_Ch4 is
77 -----------------------
78 -- Local Subprograms --
79 -----------------------
81 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
82 pragma Inline (Binary_Op_Validity_Checks);
83 -- Performs validity checks for a binary operator
85 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
86 (N : Node_Id;
87 Op1 : Node_Id;
88 Op2 : Node_Id);
89 -- If a boolean array assignment can be done in place, build call to
90 -- corresponding library procedure.
92 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id);
93 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Subsidiary procedure to Expand_N_Allocator and
94 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression. Allocating class-wide interface objects
95 -- this routine displaces the pointer to the allocated object to reference
96 -- the component referencing the corresponding secondary dispatch table.
98 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id);
99 -- Subsidiary to Expand_N_Allocator, for the case when the expression
100 -- is a qualified expression or an aggregate.
102 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
103 -- This routine handles expansion of the comparison operators (N_Op_Lt,
104 -- N_Op_Le, N_Op_Gt, N_Op_Ge) when operating on an array type. The basic
105 -- code for these operators is similar, differing only in the details of
106 -- the actual comparison call that is made. Special processing (call a
107 -- run-time routine)
109 function Expand_Array_Equality
110 (Nod : Node_Id;
111 Lhs : Node_Id;
112 Rhs : Node_Id;
113 Bodies : List_Id;
114 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
115 -- Expand an array equality into a call to a function implementing this
116 -- equality, and a call to it. Loc is the location for the generated nodes.
117 -- Lhs and Rhs are the array expressions to be compared. Bodies is a list
118 -- on which to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the
119 -- process. It is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies
120 -- at the right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for the generated code.
121 -- Normally the types used for the generated equality routine are taken
122 -- from Lhs and Rhs. However, in some situations of generated code, the
123 -- Etype fields of Lhs and Rhs are not set yet. In such cases, Typ supplies
124 -- the type to be used for the formal parameters.
126 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id);
127 -- Common expansion processing for Boolean operators (And, Or, Xor) for the
128 -- case of array type arguments.
130 function Expand_Composite_Equality
131 (Nod : Node_Id;
132 Typ : Entity_Id;
133 Lhs : Node_Id;
134 Rhs : Node_Id;
135 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id;
136 -- Local recursive function used to expand equality for nested composite
137 -- types. Used by Expand_Record/Array_Equality, Bodies is a list on which
138 -- to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the process.
139 -- This is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies at the
140 -- right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for generated code. Lhs and Rhs
141 -- are the left and right sides for the comparison, and Typ is the type of
142 -- the arrays to compare.
144 procedure Expand_Concatenate (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id);
145 -- Routine to expand concatenation of a sequence of two or more operands
146 -- (in the list Operands) and replace node Cnode with the result of the
147 -- concatenation. The operands can be of any appropriate type, and can
148 -- include both arrays and singleton elements.
150 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id);
151 -- N is a N_Op_Divide or N_Op_Multiply node whose result is universal
152 -- fixed. We do not have such a type at runtime, so the purpose of this
153 -- routine is to find the real type by looking up the tree. We also
154 -- determine if the operation must be rounded.
156 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
157 (N : Node_Id;
158 T : Entity_Id;
159 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
160 -- If the designated type is controlled, build final_list expression for
161 -- created object. If context is an access parameter, create a local access
162 -- type to have a usable finalization list.
164 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
165 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): A view of an Unchecked_Union object has inferable
166 -- discriminants if it has a constrained nominal type, unless the object
167 -- is a component of an enclosing Unchecked_Union object that is subject
168 -- to a per-object constraint and the enclosing object lacks inferable
169 -- discriminants.
171 -- An expression of an Unchecked_Union type has inferable discriminants
172 -- if it is either a name of an object with inferable discriminants or a
173 -- qualified expression whose subtype mark denotes a constrained subtype.
175 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id);
176 -- N is an expression whose type is an access. When the type of the
177 -- associated storage pool is derived from Checked_Pool, generate a
178 -- call to the 'Dereference' primitive operation.
180 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
181 (Typ : Entity_Id;
182 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
183 -- Comparisons between arrays are expanded in line. This function produces
184 -- the body of the implementation of (a > b), where a and b are one-
185 -- dimensional arrays of some discrete type. The original node is then
186 -- expanded into the appropriate call to this function. Nod provides the
187 -- Sloc value for the generated code.
189 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
190 (Typ : Entity_Id;
191 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
192 -- Boolean operations on boolean arrays are expanded in line. This function
193 -- produce the body for the node N, which is (a and b), (a or b), or (a xor
194 -- b). It is used only the normal case and not the packed case. The type
195 -- involved, Typ, is the Boolean array type, and the logical operations in
196 -- the body are simple boolean operations. Note that Typ is always a
197 -- constrained type (the caller has ensured this by using
198 -- Convert_To_Actual_Subtype if necessary).
200 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
201 -- If N is the node for a comparison whose outcome can be determined at
202 -- compile time, then the node N can be rewritten with True or False. If
203 -- the outcome cannot be determined at compile time, the call has no
204 -- effect. If N is a type conversion, then this processing is applied to
205 -- its expression. If N is neither comparison nor a type conversion, the
206 -- call has no effect.
208 procedure Tagged_Membership
209 (N : Node_Id;
210 SCIL_Node : out Node_Id;
211 Result : out Node_Id);
212 -- Construct the expression corresponding to the tagged membership test.
213 -- Deals with a second operand being (or not) a class-wide type.
215 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
216 (Lhs : Node_Id;
217 Op1 : Node_Id;
218 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean;
219 -- In the context of an assignment, where the right-hand side is a boolean
220 -- operation on arrays, check whether operation can be performed in place.
222 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
223 pragma Inline (Unary_Op_Validity_Checks);
224 -- Performs validity checks for a unary operator
226 -------------------------------
227 -- Binary_Op_Validity_Checks --
228 -------------------------------
230 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
231 begin
232 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
233 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
234 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
235 end if;
236 end Binary_Op_Validity_Checks;
238 ------------------------------------
239 -- Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call --
240 ------------------------------------
242 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
243 (N : Node_Id;
244 Op1 : Node_Id;
245 Op2 : Node_Id)
247 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
248 Kind : constant Node_Kind := Nkind (Expression (N));
249 Target : constant Node_Id :=
250 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
251 Prefix => Name (N),
252 Attribute_Name => Name_Address);
254 Arg1 : constant Node_Id := Op1;
255 Arg2 : Node_Id := Op2;
256 Call_Node : Node_Id;
257 Proc_Name : Entity_Id;
259 begin
260 if Kind = N_Op_Not then
261 if Nkind (Op1) in N_Binary_Op then
263 -- Use negated version of the binary operators
265 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_And then
266 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
268 elsif Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Or then
269 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
271 else pragma Assert (Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Xor);
272 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
273 end if;
275 Call_Node :=
276 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
277 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
279 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
280 Target,
281 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
282 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
283 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
285 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
286 Prefix => Right_Opnd (Op1),
287 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
289 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
290 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
291 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
293 else
294 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Not);
296 Call_Node :=
297 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
298 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
299 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
300 Target,
302 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
303 Prefix => Op1,
304 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
306 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
307 Prefix => Op1,
308 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
309 end if;
311 else
312 -- We use the following equivalences:
314 -- (not X) or (not Y) = not (X and Y) = Nand (X, Y)
315 -- (not X) and (not Y) = not (X or Y) = Nor (X, Y)
316 -- (not X) xor (not Y) = X xor Y
317 -- X xor (not Y) = not (X xor Y) = Nxor (X, Y)
319 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Not then
320 if Kind = N_Op_And then
321 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
323 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
324 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
326 else
327 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
328 end if;
330 else
331 if Kind = N_Op_And then
332 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_And);
334 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
335 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Or);
337 elsif Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not then
338 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nxor);
339 Arg2 := Right_Opnd (Op2);
341 else
342 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
343 end if;
344 end if;
346 Call_Node :=
347 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
348 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
349 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
350 Target,
351 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
352 Prefix => Arg1,
353 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
354 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
355 Prefix => Arg2,
356 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
357 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
358 Prefix => Op1,
359 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
360 end if;
362 Rewrite (N, Call_Node);
363 Analyze (N);
365 exception
366 when RE_Not_Available =>
367 return;
368 end Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call;
370 --------------------------------
371 -- Displace_Allocator_Pointer --
372 --------------------------------
374 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id) is
375 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
376 Orig_Node : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (N);
377 Dtyp : Entity_Id;
378 Etyp : Entity_Id;
379 PtrT : Entity_Id;
381 begin
382 -- Do nothing in case of VM targets: the virtual machine will handle
383 -- interfaces directly.
385 if not Tagged_Type_Expansion then
386 return;
387 end if;
389 pragma Assert (Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
390 and then Nkind (Orig_Node) = N_Allocator);
392 PtrT := Etype (Orig_Node);
393 Dtyp := Available_View (Designated_Type (PtrT));
394 Etyp := Etype (Expression (Orig_Node));
396 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp)
397 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
398 then
399 -- If the type of the allocator expression is not an interface type
400 -- we can generate code to reference the record component containing
401 -- the pointer to the secondary dispatch table.
403 if not Is_Interface (Etyp) then
404 declare
405 Saved_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Orig_Node);
407 begin
408 -- 1) Get access to the allocated object
410 Rewrite (N,
411 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
412 Relocate_Node (N)));
413 Set_Etype (N, Etyp);
414 Set_Analyzed (N);
416 -- 2) Add the conversion to displace the pointer to reference
417 -- the secondary dispatch table.
419 Rewrite (N, Convert_To (Dtyp, Relocate_Node (N)));
420 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Dtyp);
422 -- 3) The 'access to the secondary dispatch table will be used
423 -- as the value returned by the allocator.
425 Rewrite (N,
426 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
427 Prefix => Relocate_Node (N),
428 Attribute_Name => Name_Access));
429 Set_Etype (N, Saved_Typ);
430 Set_Analyzed (N);
431 end;
433 -- If the type of the allocator expression is an interface type we
434 -- generate a run-time call to displace "this" to reference the
435 -- component containing the pointer to the secondary dispatch table
436 -- or else raise Constraint_Error if the actual object does not
437 -- implement the target interface. This case corresponds with the
438 -- following example:
440 -- function Op (Obj : Iface_1'Class) return access Iface_2'Class is
441 -- begin
442 -- return new Iface_2'Class'(Obj);
443 -- end Op;
445 else
446 Rewrite (N,
447 Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
448 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
449 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Displace), Loc),
450 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
451 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Address),
452 Relocate_Node (N)),
454 New_Occurrence_Of
455 (Elists.Node
456 (First_Elmt
457 (Access_Disp_Table (Etype (Base_Type (Dtyp))))),
458 Loc)))));
459 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
460 end if;
461 end if;
462 end Displace_Allocator_Pointer;
464 ---------------------------------
465 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression --
466 ---------------------------------
468 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
469 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
470 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (Expression (N));
471 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
472 DesigT : constant Entity_Id := Designated_Type (PtrT);
474 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
475 (Ref : Node_Id;
476 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False);
477 -- Ada 2005 (AI-344): For an allocator with a class-wide designated
478 -- type, generate an accessibility check to verify that the level of the
479 -- type of the created object is not deeper than the level of the access
480 -- type. If the type of the qualified expression is class- wide, then
481 -- always generate the check (except in the case where it is known to be
482 -- unnecessary, see comment below). Otherwise, only generate the check
483 -- if the level of the qualified expression type is statically deeper
484 -- than the access type.
486 -- Although the static accessibility will generally have been performed
487 -- as a legality check, it won't have been done in cases where the
488 -- allocator appears in generic body, so a run-time check is needed in
489 -- general. One special case is when the access type is declared in the
490 -- same scope as the class-wide allocator, in which case the check can
491 -- never fail, so it need not be generated.
493 -- As an open issue, there seem to be cases where the static level
494 -- associated with the class-wide object's underlying type is not
495 -- sufficient to perform the proper accessibility check, such as for
496 -- allocators in nested subprograms or accept statements initialized by
497 -- class-wide formals when the actual originates outside at a deeper
498 -- static level. The nested subprogram case might require passing
499 -- accessibility levels along with class-wide parameters, and the task
500 -- case seems to be an actual gap in the language rules that needs to
501 -- be fixed by the ARG. ???
503 -------------------------------
504 -- Apply_Accessibility_Check --
505 -------------------------------
507 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
508 (Ref : Node_Id;
509 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False)
511 Ref_Node : Node_Id;
513 begin
514 -- Note: we skip the accessibility check for the VM case, since
515 -- there does not seem to be any practical way of implementing it.
517 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
518 and then Tagged_Type_Expansion
519 and then Is_Class_Wide_Type (DesigT)
520 and then not Scope_Suppress (Accessibility_Check)
521 and then
522 (Type_Access_Level (Etype (Exp)) > Type_Access_Level (PtrT)
523 or else
524 (Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
525 and then Scope (PtrT) /= Current_Scope))
526 then
527 -- If the allocator was built in place Ref is already a reference
528 -- to the access object initialized to the result of the allocator
529 -- (see Exp_Ch6.Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator). Otherwise
530 -- it is the entity associated with the object containing the
531 -- address of the allocated object.
533 if Built_In_Place then
534 Ref_Node := New_Copy (Ref);
535 else
536 Ref_Node := New_Reference_To (Ref, Loc);
537 end if;
539 Insert_Action (N,
540 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
541 Condition =>
542 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
543 Left_Opnd =>
544 Build_Get_Access_Level (Loc,
545 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
546 Prefix => Ref_Node,
547 Attribute_Name => Name_Tag)),
548 Right_Opnd =>
549 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
550 Type_Access_Level (PtrT))),
551 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
552 end if;
553 end Apply_Accessibility_Check;
555 -- Local variables
557 Indic : constant Node_Id := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
558 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Indic);
559 Flist : Node_Id;
560 Node : Node_Id;
561 Temp : Entity_Id;
563 TagT : Entity_Id := Empty;
564 -- Type used as source for tag assignment
566 TagR : Node_Id := Empty;
567 -- Target reference for tag assignment
569 Aggr_In_Place : constant Boolean := Is_Delayed_Aggregate (Exp);
571 Tag_Assign : Node_Id;
572 Tmp_Node : Node_Id;
574 -- Start of processing for Expand_Allocator_Expression
576 begin
577 if Is_Tagged_Type (T) or else Needs_Finalization (T) then
579 if Is_CPP_Constructor_Call (Exp) then
581 -- Generate:
582 -- Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn
584 -- Allocate the object with no expression
586 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
587 Set_Expression (Node, New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc));
589 -- Avoid its expansion to avoid generating a call to the default
590 -- C++ constructor
592 Set_Analyzed (Node);
594 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
596 Insert_Action (N,
597 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
598 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
599 Constant_Present => True,
600 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
601 Expression => Node));
603 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Temp);
605 -- Locate the enclosing list and insert the C++ constructor call
607 declare
608 P : Node_Id;
610 begin
611 P := Parent (Node);
612 while not Is_List_Member (P) loop
613 P := Parent (P);
614 end loop;
616 Insert_List_After_And_Analyze (P,
617 Build_Initialization_Call (Loc,
618 Id_Ref =>
619 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
620 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)),
621 Typ => Etype (Exp),
622 Constructor_Ref => Exp));
623 end;
625 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
626 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
627 return;
628 end if;
630 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
631 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
632 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
633 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
634 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
635 -- as build-in-place.
637 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
638 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
639 then
640 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
641 Apply_Accessibility_Check (N, Built_In_Place => True);
642 return;
643 end if;
645 -- Actions inserted before:
646 -- Temp : constant ptr_T := new T'(Expression);
647 -- <no CW> Temp._tag := T'tag;
648 -- <CTRL> Adjust (Finalizable (Temp.all));
649 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
651 -- We analyze by hand the new internal allocator to avoid
652 -- any recursion and inappropriate call to Initialize
654 -- We don't want to remove side effects when the expression must be
655 -- built in place. In the case of a build-in-place function call,
656 -- that could lead to a duplication of the call, which was already
657 -- substituted for the allocator.
659 if not Aggr_In_Place then
660 Remove_Side_Effects (Exp);
661 end if;
663 Temp :=
664 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
666 -- For a class wide allocation generate the following code:
668 -- type Equiv_Record is record ... end record;
669 -- implicit subtype CW is <Class_Wide_Subytpe>;
670 -- temp : PtrT := new CW'(CW!(expr));
672 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
673 Expand_Subtype_From_Expr (Empty, T, Indic, Exp);
675 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the expression is a class-wide interface
676 -- object we generate code to move up "this" to reference the
677 -- base of the object before allocating the new object.
679 -- Note that Exp'Address is recursively expanded into a call
680 -- to Base_Address (Exp.Tag)
682 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
683 and then Is_Interface (Etype (Exp))
684 and then Tagged_Type_Expansion
685 then
686 Set_Expression
687 (Expression (N),
688 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic),
689 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
690 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag_Ptr),
691 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
692 Prefix => Exp,
693 Attribute_Name => Name_Address)))));
695 else
696 Set_Expression
697 (Expression (N),
698 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic), Exp));
699 end if;
701 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), Entity (Indic));
702 end if;
704 -- Keep separate the management of allocators returning interfaces
706 if not Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
707 if Aggr_In_Place then
708 Tmp_Node :=
709 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
710 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
711 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
712 Expression =>
713 Make_Allocator (Loc,
714 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
716 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
717 -- built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
718 -- the original allocator node. This is for proper handling of
719 -- restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
721 Set_Comes_From_Source
722 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
724 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
725 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
727 if Needs_Finalization (T)
728 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
729 then
730 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
732 Flist := Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
733 end if;
735 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
737 else
738 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
739 Set_Analyzed (Node);
740 Insert_Action (N,
741 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
742 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
743 Constant_Present => True,
744 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
745 Expression => Node));
746 end if;
748 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle allocators whose designated type is an
749 -- interface type. In this case we use the type of the qualified
750 -- expression to allocate the object.
752 else
753 declare
754 Def_Id : constant Entity_Id :=
755 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
756 New_Internal_Name ('T'));
757 New_Decl : Node_Id;
759 begin
760 New_Decl :=
761 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
762 Defining_Identifier => Def_Id,
763 Type_Definition =>
764 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
765 All_Present => True,
766 Null_Exclusion_Present => False,
767 Constant_Present => False,
768 Subtype_Indication =>
769 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
771 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
773 -- Inherit the final chain to ensure that the expansion of the
774 -- aggregate is correct in case of controlled types
776 if Needs_Finalization (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
777 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (Def_Id,
778 Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT));
779 end if;
781 -- Declare the object using the previous type declaration
783 if Aggr_In_Place then
784 Tmp_Node :=
785 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
786 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
787 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
788 Expression =>
789 Make_Allocator (Loc,
790 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
792 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
793 -- built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
794 -- the original allocator node. This is for proper handling
795 -- of restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
797 Set_Comes_From_Source
798 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
800 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
801 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
803 if Needs_Finalization (T)
804 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
805 then
806 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
808 Flist :=
809 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
810 end if;
812 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
813 else
814 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
815 Set_Analyzed (Node);
816 Insert_Action (N,
817 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
818 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
819 Constant_Present => True,
820 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
821 Expression => Node));
822 end if;
824 -- Generate an additional object containing the address of the
825 -- returned object. The type of this second object declaration
826 -- is the correct type required for the common processing that
827 -- is still performed by this subprogram. The displacement of
828 -- this pointer to reference the component associated with the
829 -- interface type will be done at the end of common processing.
831 New_Decl :=
832 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
833 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
834 New_Internal_Name ('P')),
835 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
836 Expression => Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
837 New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
839 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
841 Tmp_Node := New_Decl;
842 Temp := Defining_Identifier (New_Decl);
843 end;
844 end if;
846 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Temp);
848 -- Generate the tag assignment
850 -- Suppress the tag assignment when VM_Target because VM tags are
851 -- represented implicitly in objects.
853 if not Tagged_Type_Expansion then
854 null;
856 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Suppress the tag assignment with class-wide
857 -- interface objects because in this case the tag does not change.
859 elsif Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))) then
860 pragma Assert (Is_Class_Wide_Type
861 (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))));
862 null;
864 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (T) and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
865 TagT := T;
866 TagR := New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc);
868 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
869 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Underlying_Type (T))
870 then
871 TagT := Underlying_Type (T);
872 TagR :=
873 Unchecked_Convert_To (Underlying_Type (T),
874 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
875 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
876 end if;
878 if Present (TagT) then
879 Tag_Assign :=
880 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
881 Name =>
882 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
883 Prefix => TagR,
884 Selector_Name =>
885 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (TagT), Loc)),
887 Expression =>
888 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag),
889 New_Reference_To
890 (Elists.Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (TagT))),
891 Loc)));
893 -- The previous assignment has to be done in any case
895 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (Tag_Assign));
896 Insert_Action (N, Tag_Assign);
897 end if;
899 if Needs_Finalization (DesigT)
900 and then Needs_Finalization (T)
901 then
902 declare
903 Attach : Node_Id;
904 Apool : constant Entity_Id :=
905 Associated_Storage_Pool (PtrT);
907 begin
908 -- If it is an allocation on the secondary stack (i.e. a value
909 -- returned from a function), the object is attached on the
910 -- caller side as soon as the call is completed (see
911 -- Expand_Ctrl_Function_Call)
913 if Is_RTE (Apool, RE_SS_Pool) then
914 declare
915 F : constant Entity_Id :=
916 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
917 New_Internal_Name ('F'));
918 begin
919 Insert_Action (N,
920 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
921 Defining_Identifier => F,
922 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (RTE
923 (RE_Finalizable_Ptr), Loc)));
925 Flist := New_Reference_To (F, Loc);
926 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1);
927 end;
929 -- Normal case, not a secondary stack allocation
931 else
932 if Needs_Finalization (T)
933 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
934 then
935 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
937 Flist :=
938 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
939 else
940 Flist := Find_Final_List (PtrT);
941 end if;
943 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2);
944 end if;
946 -- Generate an Adjust call if the object will be moved. In Ada
947 -- 2005, the object may be inherently limited, in which case
948 -- there is no Adjust procedure, and the object is built in
949 -- place. In Ada 95, the object can be limited but not
950 -- inherently limited if this allocator came from a return
951 -- statement (we're allocating the result on the secondary
952 -- stack). In that case, the object will be moved, so we _do_
953 -- want to Adjust.
955 if not Aggr_In_Place
956 and then not Is_Inherently_Limited_Type (T)
957 then
958 Insert_Actions (N,
959 Make_Adjust_Call (
960 Ref =>
962 -- An unchecked conversion is needed in the classwide
963 -- case because the designated type can be an ancestor of
964 -- the subtype mark of the allocator.
966 Unchecked_Convert_To (T,
967 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
968 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc))),
970 Typ => T,
971 Flist_Ref => Flist,
972 With_Attach => Attach,
973 Allocator => True));
974 end if;
975 end;
976 end if;
978 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
979 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
981 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Displace the pointer to reference the record
982 -- component containing the secondary dispatch table of the interface
983 -- type.
985 if Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
986 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
987 end if;
989 elsif Aggr_In_Place then
990 Temp :=
991 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
992 Tmp_Node :=
993 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
994 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
995 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
996 Expression => Make_Allocator (Loc,
997 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
999 -- Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just built,
1000 -- since logically this allocator is a replacement of the original
1001 -- allocator node. This is for proper handling of restriction
1002 -- No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
1004 Set_Comes_From_Source
1005 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
1007 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
1008 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
1009 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
1010 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
1011 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
1013 elsif Is_Access_Type (T)
1014 and then Can_Never_Be_Null (T)
1015 then
1016 Install_Null_Excluding_Check (Exp);
1018 elsif Is_Access_Type (DesigT)
1019 and then Nkind (Exp) = N_Allocator
1020 and then Nkind (Expression (Exp)) /= N_Qualified_Expression
1021 then
1022 -- Apply constraint to designated subtype indication
1024 Apply_Constraint_Check (Expression (Exp),
1025 Designated_Type (DesigT),
1026 No_Sliding => True);
1028 if Nkind (Expression (Exp)) = N_Raise_Constraint_Error then
1030 -- Propagate constraint_error to enclosing allocator
1032 Rewrite (Exp, New_Copy (Expression (Exp)));
1033 end if;
1034 else
1035 -- If we have:
1036 -- type A is access T1;
1037 -- X : A := new T2'(...);
1038 -- T1 and T2 can be different subtypes, and we might need to check
1039 -- both constraints. First check against the type of the qualified
1040 -- expression.
1042 Apply_Constraint_Check (Exp, T, No_Sliding => True);
1044 if Do_Range_Check (Exp) then
1045 Set_Do_Range_Check (Exp, False);
1046 Generate_Range_Check (Exp, DesigT, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
1047 end if;
1049 -- A check is also needed in cases where the designated subtype is
1050 -- constrained and differs from the subtype given in the qualified
1051 -- expression. Note that the check on the qualified expression does
1052 -- not allow sliding, but this check does (a relaxation from Ada 83).
1054 if Is_Constrained (DesigT)
1055 and then not Subtypes_Statically_Match (T, DesigT)
1056 then
1057 Apply_Constraint_Check
1058 (Exp, DesigT, No_Sliding => False);
1060 if Do_Range_Check (Exp) then
1061 Set_Do_Range_Check (Exp, False);
1062 Generate_Range_Check (Exp, DesigT, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
1063 end if;
1064 end if;
1066 -- For an access to unconstrained packed array, GIGI needs to see an
1067 -- expression with a constrained subtype in order to compute the
1068 -- proper size for the allocator.
1070 if Is_Array_Type (T)
1071 and then not Is_Constrained (T)
1072 and then Is_Packed (T)
1073 then
1074 declare
1075 ConstrT : constant Entity_Id :=
1076 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1077 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('A'));
1078 Internal_Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Exp);
1079 begin
1080 Insert_Action (Exp,
1081 Make_Subtype_Declaration (Loc,
1082 Defining_Identifier => ConstrT,
1083 Subtype_Indication =>
1084 Make_Subtype_From_Expr (Exp, T)));
1085 Freeze_Itype (ConstrT, Exp);
1086 Rewrite (Exp, OK_Convert_To (ConstrT, Internal_Exp));
1087 end;
1088 end if;
1090 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
1091 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
1092 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
1093 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
1094 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
1095 -- as build-in-place.
1097 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
1098 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
1099 then
1100 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
1101 end if;
1102 end if;
1104 exception
1105 when RE_Not_Available =>
1106 return;
1107 end Expand_Allocator_Expression;
1109 -----------------------------
1110 -- Expand_Array_Comparison --
1111 -----------------------------
1113 -- Expansion is only required in the case of array types. For the unpacked
1114 -- case, an appropriate runtime routine is called. For packed cases, and
1115 -- also in some other cases where a runtime routine cannot be called, the
1116 -- form of the expansion is:
1118 -- [body for greater_nn; boolean_expression]
1120 -- The body is built by Make_Array_Comparison_Op, and the form of the
1121 -- Boolean expression depends on the operator involved.
1123 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
1124 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1125 Op1 : Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
1126 Op2 : Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
1127 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
1128 Ctyp : constant Entity_Id := Component_Type (Typ1);
1130 Expr : Node_Id;
1131 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1132 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1134 Comp : RE_Id;
1136 Byte_Addressable : constant Boolean := System_Storage_Unit = Byte'Size;
1137 -- True for byte addressable target
1139 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean;
1140 -- Returns True if the length of the given operand is known to be less
1141 -- than 4. Returns False if this length is known to be four or greater
1142 -- or is not known at compile time.
1144 ------------------------
1145 -- Length_Less_Than_4 --
1146 ------------------------
1148 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean is
1149 Otyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Opnd);
1151 begin
1152 if Ekind (Otyp) = E_String_Literal_Subtype then
1153 return String_Literal_Length (Otyp) < 4;
1155 else
1156 declare
1157 Ityp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Otyp));
1158 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Ityp);
1159 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Ityp);
1160 Lov : Uint;
1161 Hiv : Uint;
1163 begin
1164 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo) then
1165 Lov := Expr_Value (Lo);
1166 else
1167 return False;
1168 end if;
1170 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi) then
1171 Hiv := Expr_Value (Hi);
1172 else
1173 return False;
1174 end if;
1176 return Hiv < Lov + 3;
1177 end;
1178 end if;
1179 end Length_Less_Than_4;
1181 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Comparison
1183 begin
1184 -- Deal first with unpacked case, where we can call a runtime routine
1185 -- except that we avoid this for targets for which are not addressable
1186 -- by bytes, and for the JVM/CIL, since they do not support direct
1187 -- addressing of array components.
1189 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ1)
1190 and then Byte_Addressable
1191 and then VM_Target = No_VM
1192 then
1193 -- The call we generate is:
1195 -- Compare_Array_xn[_Unaligned]
1196 -- (left'address, right'address, left'length, right'length) <op> 0
1198 -- x = U for unsigned, S for signed
1199 -- n = 8,16,32,64 for component size
1200 -- Add _Unaligned if length < 4 and component size is 8.
1201 -- <op> is the standard comparison operator
1203 if Component_Size (Typ1) = 8 then
1204 if Length_Less_Than_4 (Op1)
1205 or else
1206 Length_Less_Than_4 (Op2)
1207 then
1208 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1209 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8_Unaligned;
1210 else
1211 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8_Unaligned;
1212 end if;
1214 else
1215 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1216 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8;
1217 else
1218 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8;
1219 end if;
1220 end if;
1222 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 16 then
1223 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1224 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U16;
1225 else
1226 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S16;
1227 end if;
1229 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 32 then
1230 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1231 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U32;
1232 else
1233 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S32;
1234 end if;
1236 else pragma Assert (Component_Size (Typ1) = 64);
1237 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1238 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U64;
1239 else
1240 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S64;
1241 end if;
1242 end if;
1244 Remove_Side_Effects (Op1, Name_Req => True);
1245 Remove_Side_Effects (Op2, Name_Req => True);
1247 Rewrite (Op1,
1248 Make_Function_Call (Sloc (Op1),
1249 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (Comp), Loc),
1251 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
1252 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1253 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1254 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1256 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1257 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1258 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1260 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1261 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1262 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
1264 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1265 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1266 Attribute_Name => Name_Length))));
1268 Rewrite (Op2,
1269 Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (Op2),
1270 Intval => Uint_0));
1272 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op1, Standard_Integer);
1273 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op2, Standard_Integer);
1274 return;
1275 end if;
1277 -- Cases where we cannot make runtime call
1279 -- For (a <= b) we convert to not (a > b)
1281 if Chars (N) = Name_Op_Le then
1282 Rewrite (N,
1283 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1284 Right_Opnd =>
1285 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
1286 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1287 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1288 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1289 return;
1291 -- For < the Boolean expression is
1292 -- greater__nn (op2, op1)
1294 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Lt then
1295 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1297 -- Switch operands
1299 Op1 := Right_Opnd (N);
1300 Op2 := Left_Opnd (N);
1302 -- For (a >= b) we convert to not (a < b)
1304 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Ge then
1305 Rewrite (N,
1306 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1307 Right_Opnd =>
1308 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
1309 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1310 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1311 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1312 return;
1314 -- For > the Boolean expression is
1315 -- greater__nn (op1, op2)
1317 else
1318 pragma Assert (Chars (N) = Name_Op_Gt);
1319 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1320 end if;
1322 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1323 Expr :=
1324 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1325 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1326 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Op1, Op2));
1328 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1329 Rewrite (N, Expr);
1330 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1332 exception
1333 when RE_Not_Available =>
1334 return;
1335 end Expand_Array_Comparison;
1337 ---------------------------
1338 -- Expand_Array_Equality --
1339 ---------------------------
1341 -- Expand an equality function for multi-dimensional arrays. Here is an
1342 -- example of such a function for Nb_Dimension = 2
1344 -- function Enn (A : atyp; B : btyp) return boolean is
1345 -- begin
1346 -- if (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0)
1347 -- and then
1348 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0)
1349 -- then
1350 -- return True; -- RM 4.5.2(22)
1351 -- end if;
1353 -- if A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1354 -- or else
1355 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1356 -- then
1357 -- return False; -- RM 4.5.2(23)
1358 -- end if;
1360 -- declare
1361 -- A1 : Index_T1 := A'first (1);
1362 -- B1 : Index_T1 := B'first (1);
1363 -- begin
1364 -- loop
1365 -- declare
1366 -- A2 : Index_T2 := A'first (2);
1367 -- B2 : Index_T2 := B'first (2);
1368 -- begin
1369 -- loop
1370 -- if A (A1, A2) /= B (B1, B2) then
1371 -- return False;
1372 -- end if;
1374 -- exit when A2 = A'last (2);
1375 -- A2 := Index_T2'succ (A2);
1376 -- B2 := Index_T2'succ (B2);
1377 -- end loop;
1378 -- end;
1380 -- exit when A1 = A'last (1);
1381 -- A1 := Index_T1'succ (A1);
1382 -- B1 := Index_T1'succ (B1);
1383 -- end loop;
1384 -- end;
1386 -- return true;
1387 -- end Enn;
1389 -- Note on the formal types used (atyp and btyp). If either of the arrays
1390 -- is of a private type, we use the underlying type, and do an unchecked
1391 -- conversion of the actual. If either of the arrays has a bound depending
1392 -- on a discriminant, then we use the base type since otherwise we have an
1393 -- escaped discriminant in the function.
1395 -- If both arrays are constrained and have the same bounds, we can generate
1396 -- a loop with an explicit iteration scheme using a 'Range attribute over
1397 -- the first array.
1399 function Expand_Array_Equality
1400 (Nod : Node_Id;
1401 Lhs : Node_Id;
1402 Rhs : Node_Id;
1403 Bodies : List_Id;
1404 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id
1406 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1407 Decls : constant List_Id := New_List;
1408 Index_List1 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1409 Index_List2 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1411 Actuals : List_Id;
1412 Formals : List_Id;
1413 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1414 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1416 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
1417 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
1419 Ltyp : Entity_Id;
1420 Rtyp : Entity_Id;
1421 -- The parameter types to be used for the formals
1423 function Arr_Attr
1424 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1425 Nam : Name_Id;
1426 Num : Int) return Node_Id;
1427 -- This builds the attribute reference Arr'Nam (Expr)
1429 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
1430 -- Create one statement to compare corresponding components, designated
1431 -- by a full set of indices.
1433 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id;
1434 -- Given one of the arguments, computes the appropriate type to be used
1435 -- for that argument in the corresponding function formal
1437 function Handle_One_Dimension
1438 (N : Int;
1439 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
1440 -- This procedure returns the following code
1442 -- declare
1443 -- Bn : Index_T := B'First (N);
1444 -- begin
1445 -- loop
1446 -- xxx
1447 -- exit when An = A'Last (N);
1448 -- An := Index_T'Succ (An)
1449 -- Bn := Index_T'Succ (Bn)
1450 -- end loop;
1451 -- end;
1453 -- If both indices are constrained and identical, the procedure
1454 -- returns a simpler loop:
1456 -- for An in A'Range (N) loop
1457 -- xxx
1458 -- end loop
1460 -- N is the dimension for which we are generating a loop. Index is the
1461 -- N'th index node, whose Etype is Index_Type_n in the above code. The
1462 -- xxx statement is either the loop or declare for the next dimension
1463 -- or if this is the last dimension the comparison of corresponding
1464 -- components of the arrays.
1466 -- The actual way the code works is to return the comparison of
1467 -- corresponding components for the N+1 call. That's neater!
1469 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id;
1470 -- This function constructs the test for both arrays being empty
1471 -- (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1472 -- and then
1473 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1475 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id;
1476 -- This function constructs the test for arrays having different lengths
1477 -- in at least one index position, in which case the resulting code is:
1479 -- A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1480 -- or else
1481 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1482 -- or else
1483 -- ...
1485 --------------
1486 -- Arr_Attr --
1487 --------------
1489 function Arr_Attr
1490 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1491 Nam : Name_Id;
1492 Num : Int) return Node_Id
1494 begin
1495 return
1496 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1497 Attribute_Name => Nam,
1498 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc),
1499 Expressions => New_List (Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Num)));
1500 end Arr_Attr;
1502 ------------------------
1503 -- Component_Equality --
1504 ------------------------
1506 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id is
1507 Test : Node_Id;
1508 L, R : Node_Id;
1510 begin
1511 -- if a(i1...) /= b(j1...) then return false; end if;
1513 L :=
1514 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1515 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
1516 Expressions => Index_List1);
1518 R :=
1519 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1520 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)),
1521 Expressions => Index_List2);
1523 Test := Expand_Composite_Equality
1524 (Nod, Component_Type (Typ), L, R, Decls);
1526 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole operation
1527 -- will raise program error.
1529 if Nkind (Test) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
1531 -- This node is going to be inserted at a location where a
1532 -- statement is expected: clear its Etype so analysis will set
1533 -- it to the expected Standard_Void_Type.
1535 Set_Etype (Test, Empty);
1536 return Test;
1538 else
1539 return
1540 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1541 Condition => Make_Op_Not (Loc, Right_Opnd => Test),
1542 Then_Statements => New_List (
1543 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1544 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
1545 end if;
1546 end Component_Equality;
1548 ------------------
1549 -- Get_Arg_Type --
1550 ------------------
1552 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id is
1553 T : Entity_Id;
1554 X : Node_Id;
1556 begin
1557 T := Etype (N);
1559 if No (T) then
1560 return Typ;
1562 else
1563 T := Underlying_Type (T);
1565 X := First_Index (T);
1566 while Present (X) loop
1567 if Denotes_Discriminant (Type_Low_Bound (Etype (X)))
1568 or else
1569 Denotes_Discriminant (Type_High_Bound (Etype (X)))
1570 then
1571 T := Base_Type (T);
1572 exit;
1573 end if;
1575 Next_Index (X);
1576 end loop;
1578 return T;
1579 end if;
1580 end Get_Arg_Type;
1582 --------------------------
1583 -- Handle_One_Dimension --
1584 ---------------------------
1586 function Handle_One_Dimension
1587 (N : Int;
1588 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id
1590 Need_Separate_Indexes : constant Boolean :=
1591 Ltyp /= Rtyp
1592 or else not Is_Constrained (Ltyp);
1593 -- If the index types are identical, and we are working with
1594 -- constrained types, then we can use the same index for both
1595 -- of the arrays.
1597 An : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1598 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('A'));
1600 Bn : Entity_Id;
1601 Index_T : Entity_Id;
1602 Stm_List : List_Id;
1603 Loop_Stm : Node_Id;
1605 begin
1606 if N > Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) then
1607 return Component_Equality (Ltyp);
1608 end if;
1610 -- Case where we generate a loop
1612 Index_T := Base_Type (Etype (Index));
1614 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1615 Bn :=
1616 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1617 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('B'));
1618 else
1619 Bn := An;
1620 end if;
1622 Append (New_Reference_To (An, Loc), Index_List1);
1623 Append (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc), Index_List2);
1625 Stm_List := New_List (
1626 Handle_One_Dimension (N + 1, Next_Index (Index)));
1628 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1630 -- Generate guard for loop, followed by increments of indices
1632 Append_To (Stm_List,
1633 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc,
1634 Condition =>
1635 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1636 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1637 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Last, N))));
1639 Append_To (Stm_List,
1640 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1641 Name => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1642 Expression =>
1643 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1644 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1645 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1646 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (An, Loc)))));
1648 Append_To (Stm_List,
1649 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1650 Name => New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc),
1651 Expression =>
1652 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1653 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1654 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1655 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc)))));
1656 end if;
1658 -- If separate indexes, we need a declare block for An and Bn, and a
1659 -- loop without an iteration scheme.
1661 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1662 Loop_Stm :=
1663 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod, Statements => Stm_List);
1665 return
1666 Make_Block_Statement (Loc,
1667 Declarations => New_List (
1668 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1669 Defining_Identifier => An,
1670 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1671 Expression => Arr_Attr (A, Name_First, N)),
1673 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1674 Defining_Identifier => Bn,
1675 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1676 Expression => Arr_Attr (B, Name_First, N))),
1678 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1679 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1680 Statements => New_List (Loop_Stm)));
1682 -- If no separate indexes, return loop statement with explicit
1683 -- iteration scheme on its own
1685 else
1686 Loop_Stm :=
1687 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
1688 Statements => Stm_List,
1689 Iteration_Scheme =>
1690 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
1691 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
1692 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1693 Defining_Identifier => An,
1694 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
1695 Arr_Attr (A, Name_Range, N))));
1696 return Loop_Stm;
1697 end if;
1698 end Handle_One_Dimension;
1700 -----------------------
1701 -- Test_Empty_Arrays --
1702 -----------------------
1704 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id is
1705 Alist : Node_Id;
1706 Blist : Node_Id;
1708 Atest : Node_Id;
1709 Btest : Node_Id;
1711 begin
1712 Alist := Empty;
1713 Blist := Empty;
1714 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1715 Atest :=
1716 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1717 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1718 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1720 Btest :=
1721 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1722 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J),
1723 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1725 if No (Alist) then
1726 Alist := Atest;
1727 Blist := Btest;
1729 else
1730 Alist :=
1731 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1732 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Alist),
1733 Right_Opnd => Atest);
1735 Blist :=
1736 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1737 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Blist),
1738 Right_Opnd => Btest);
1739 end if;
1740 end loop;
1742 return
1743 Make_And_Then (Loc,
1744 Left_Opnd => Alist,
1745 Right_Opnd => Blist);
1746 end Test_Empty_Arrays;
1748 -----------------------------
1749 -- Test_Lengths_Correspond --
1750 -----------------------------
1752 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id is
1753 Result : Node_Id;
1754 Rtest : Node_Id;
1756 begin
1757 Result := Empty;
1758 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1759 Rtest :=
1760 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
1761 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1762 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J));
1764 if No (Result) then
1765 Result := Rtest;
1766 else
1767 Result :=
1768 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1769 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Result),
1770 Right_Opnd => Rtest);
1771 end if;
1772 end loop;
1774 return Result;
1775 end Test_Lengths_Correspond;
1777 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Equality
1779 begin
1780 Ltyp := Get_Arg_Type (Lhs);
1781 Rtyp := Get_Arg_Type (Rhs);
1783 -- For now, if the argument types are not the same, go to the base type,
1784 -- since the code assumes that the formals have the same type. This is
1785 -- fixable in future ???
1787 if Ltyp /= Rtyp then
1788 Ltyp := Base_Type (Ltyp);
1789 Rtyp := Base_Type (Rtyp);
1790 pragma Assert (Ltyp = Rtyp);
1791 end if;
1793 -- Build list of formals for function
1795 Formals := New_List (
1796 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1797 Defining_Identifier => A,
1798 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Ltyp, Loc)),
1800 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1801 Defining_Identifier => B,
1802 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Rtyp, Loc)));
1804 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('E'));
1806 -- Build statement sequence for function
1808 Func_Body :=
1809 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
1810 Specification =>
1811 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
1812 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
1813 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
1814 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
1816 Declarations => Decls,
1818 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1819 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1820 Statements => New_List (
1822 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1823 Condition => Test_Empty_Arrays,
1824 Then_Statements => New_List (
1825 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1826 Expression =>
1827 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))),
1829 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1830 Condition => Test_Lengths_Correspond,
1831 Then_Statements => New_List (
1832 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1833 Expression =>
1834 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc)))),
1836 Handle_One_Dimension (1, First_Index (Ltyp)),
1838 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1839 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))));
1841 Set_Has_Completion (Func_Name, True);
1842 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
1844 -- If the array type is distinct from the type of the arguments, it
1845 -- is the full view of a private type. Apply an unchecked conversion
1846 -- to insure that analysis of the call succeeds.
1848 declare
1849 L, R : Node_Id;
1851 begin
1852 L := Lhs;
1853 R := Rhs;
1855 if No (Etype (Lhs))
1856 or else Base_Type (Etype (Lhs)) /= Base_Type (Ltyp)
1857 then
1858 L := OK_Convert_To (Ltyp, Lhs);
1859 end if;
1861 if No (Etype (Rhs))
1862 or else Base_Type (Etype (Rhs)) /= Base_Type (Rtyp)
1863 then
1864 R := OK_Convert_To (Rtyp, Rhs);
1865 end if;
1867 Actuals := New_List (L, R);
1868 end;
1870 Append_To (Bodies, Func_Body);
1872 return
1873 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1874 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1875 Parameter_Associations => Actuals);
1876 end Expand_Array_Equality;
1878 -----------------------------
1879 -- Expand_Boolean_Operator --
1880 -----------------------------
1882 -- Note that we first get the actual subtypes of the operands, since we
1883 -- always want to deal with types that have bounds.
1885 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id) is
1886 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
1888 begin
1889 -- Special case of bit packed array where both operands are known to be
1890 -- properly aligned. In this case we use an efficient run time routine
1891 -- to carry out the operation (see System.Bit_Ops).
1893 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
1894 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Left_Opnd (N))
1895 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
1896 then
1897 Expand_Packed_Boolean_Operator (N);
1898 return;
1899 end if;
1901 -- For the normal non-packed case, the general expansion is to build
1902 -- function for carrying out the comparison (use Make_Boolean_Array_Op)
1903 -- and then inserting it into the tree. The original operator node is
1904 -- then rewritten as a call to this function. We also use this in the
1905 -- packed case if either operand is a possibly unaligned object.
1907 declare
1908 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1909 L : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
1910 R : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
1911 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1912 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1914 begin
1915 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (L);
1916 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (R);
1917 Ensure_Defined (Etype (L), N);
1918 Ensure_Defined (Etype (R), N);
1919 Apply_Length_Check (R, Etype (L));
1921 if Nkind (N) = N_Op_Xor then
1922 Silly_Boolean_Array_Xor_Test (N, Etype (L));
1923 end if;
1925 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
1926 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), L, R)
1927 then
1928 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), L, R);
1930 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Not
1931 and then Nkind (N) = N_Op_And
1932 and then
1933 Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (Parent (N))), L, R)
1934 then
1935 return;
1936 else
1938 Func_Body := Make_Boolean_Array_Op (Etype (L), N);
1939 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1940 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1942 -- Now rewrite the expression with a call
1944 Rewrite (N,
1945 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1946 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1947 Parameter_Associations =>
1948 New_List (
1950 Make_Type_Conversion
1951 (Loc, New_Reference_To (Etype (L), Loc), R))));
1953 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
1954 end if;
1955 end;
1956 end Expand_Boolean_Operator;
1958 -------------------------------
1959 -- Expand_Composite_Equality --
1960 -------------------------------
1962 -- This function is only called for comparing internal fields of composite
1963 -- types when these fields are themselves composites. This is a special
1964 -- case because it is not possible to respect normal Ada visibility rules.
1966 function Expand_Composite_Equality
1967 (Nod : Node_Id;
1968 Typ : Entity_Id;
1969 Lhs : Node_Id;
1970 Rhs : Node_Id;
1971 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
1973 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1974 Full_Type : Entity_Id;
1975 Prim : Elmt_Id;
1976 Eq_Op : Entity_Id;
1978 begin
1979 if Is_Private_Type (Typ) then
1980 Full_Type := Underlying_Type (Typ);
1981 else
1982 Full_Type := Typ;
1983 end if;
1985 -- Defense against malformed private types with no completion the error
1986 -- will be diagnosed later by check_completion
1988 if No (Full_Type) then
1989 return New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
1990 end if;
1992 Full_Type := Base_Type (Full_Type);
1994 if Is_Array_Type (Full_Type) then
1996 -- If the operand is an elementary type other than a floating-point
1997 -- type, then we can simply use the built-in block bitwise equality,
1998 -- since the predefined equality operators always apply and bitwise
1999 -- equality is fine for all these cases.
2001 if Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
2002 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
2003 then
2004 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
2006 -- For composite component types, and floating-point types, use the
2007 -- expansion. This deals with tagged component types (where we use
2008 -- the applicable equality routine) and floating-point, (where we
2009 -- need to worry about negative zeroes), and also the case of any
2010 -- composite type recursively containing such fields.
2012 else
2013 return Expand_Array_Equality (Nod, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies, Full_Type);
2014 end if;
2016 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Full_Type) then
2018 -- Call the primitive operation "=" of this type
2020 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Full_Type) then
2021 Full_Type := Root_Type (Full_Type);
2022 end if;
2024 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with a
2025 -- tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the primitive
2026 -- operations of the private type. This check should no longer be
2027 -- necessary when these types receive their full views ???
2029 if Is_Private_Type (Typ)
2030 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
2031 and then not Is_Controlled (Typ)
2032 and then Is_Derived_Type (Typ)
2033 and then No (Full_View (Typ))
2034 then
2035 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (Typ));
2036 else
2037 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Full_Type));
2038 end if;
2040 loop
2041 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
2042 exit when Chars (Eq_Op) = Name_Op_Eq
2043 and then Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) =
2044 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Eq_Op)))
2045 and then Base_Type (Etype (Eq_Op)) = Standard_Boolean;
2046 Next_Elmt (Prim);
2047 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
2048 end loop;
2050 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
2052 return
2053 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2054 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2055 Parameter_Associations =>
2056 New_List
2057 (Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Lhs),
2058 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Rhs)));
2060 elsif Is_Record_Type (Full_Type) then
2061 Eq_Op := TSS (Full_Type, TSS_Composite_Equality);
2063 if Present (Eq_Op) then
2064 if Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) /= Full_Type then
2066 -- Inherited equality from parent type. Convert the actuals to
2067 -- match signature of operation.
2069 declare
2070 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op));
2072 begin
2073 return
2074 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2075 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2076 Parameter_Associations =>
2077 New_List (OK_Convert_To (T, Lhs),
2078 OK_Convert_To (T, Rhs)));
2079 end;
2081 else
2082 -- Comparison between Unchecked_Union components
2084 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Full_Type) then
2085 declare
2086 Lhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2087 Rhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2088 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2089 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2091 begin
2092 -- Lhs subtype
2094 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2095 Lhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)));
2096 end if;
2098 -- Rhs subtype
2100 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2101 Rhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)));
2102 end if;
2104 -- Lhs of the composite equality
2106 if Is_Constrained (Lhs_Type) then
2108 -- Since the enclosing record type can never be an
2109 -- Unchecked_Union (this code is executed for records
2110 -- that do not have variants), we may reference its
2111 -- discriminant(s).
2113 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
2114 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2115 Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
2116 then
2117 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
2118 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2119 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
2120 Selector_Name =>
2121 New_Copy (
2122 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2123 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2124 Lhs_Type,
2125 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
2127 else
2128 Lhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2129 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2130 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2131 Lhs_Type,
2132 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
2134 end if;
2135 else
2136 -- It is not possible to infer the discriminant since
2137 -- the subtype is not constrained.
2139 return
2140 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2141 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2142 end if;
2144 -- Rhs of the composite equality
2146 if Is_Constrained (Rhs_Type) then
2147 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
2148 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2149 Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
2150 then
2151 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
2152 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2153 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
2154 Selector_Name =>
2155 New_Copy (
2156 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2157 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2158 Rhs_Type,
2159 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
2161 else
2162 Rhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2163 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2164 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2165 Rhs_Type,
2166 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
2168 end if;
2169 else
2170 return
2171 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2172 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2173 end if;
2175 -- Call the TSS equality function with the inferred
2176 -- discriminant values.
2178 return
2179 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2180 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2181 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
2182 Lhs,
2183 Rhs,
2184 Lhs_Discr_Val,
2185 Rhs_Discr_Val));
2186 end;
2187 end if;
2189 -- Shouldn't this be an else, we can't fall through the above
2190 -- IF, right???
2192 return
2193 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2194 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2195 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Lhs, Rhs));
2196 end if;
2198 else
2199 return Expand_Record_Equality (Nod, Full_Type, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies);
2200 end if;
2202 else
2203 -- It can be a simple record or the full view of a scalar private
2205 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
2206 end if;
2207 end Expand_Composite_Equality;
2209 ------------------------
2210 -- Expand_Concatenate --
2211 ------------------------
2213 procedure Expand_Concatenate (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id) is
2214 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Cnode);
2216 Atyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Cnode));
2217 -- Result type of concatenation
2219 Ctyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Component_Type (Etype (Cnode)));
2220 -- Component type. Elements of this component type can appear as one
2221 -- of the operands of concatenation as well as arrays.
2223 Istyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Atyp));
2224 -- Index subtype
2226 Ityp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Istyp);
2227 -- Index type. This is the base type of the index subtype, and is used
2228 -- for all computed bounds (which may be out of range of Istyp in the
2229 -- case of null ranges).
2231 Artyp : Entity_Id;
2232 -- This is the type we use to do arithmetic to compute the bounds and
2233 -- lengths of operands. The choice of this type is a little subtle and
2234 -- is discussed in a separate section at the start of the body code.
2236 Concatenation_Error : exception;
2237 -- Raised if concatenation is sure to raise a CE
2239 Result_May_Be_Null : Boolean := True;
2240 -- Reset to False if at least one operand is encountered which is known
2241 -- at compile time to be non-null. Used for handling the special case
2242 -- of setting the high bound to the last operand high bound for a null
2243 -- result, thus ensuring a proper high bound in the super-flat case.
2245 N : constant Nat := List_Length (Opnds);
2246 -- Number of concatenation operands including possibly null operands
2248 NN : Nat := 0;
2249 -- Number of operands excluding any known to be null, except that the
2250 -- last operand is always retained, in case it provides the bounds for
2251 -- a null result.
2253 Opnd : Node_Id;
2254 -- Current operand being processed in the loop through operands. After
2255 -- this loop is complete, always contains the last operand (which is not
2256 -- the same as Operands (NN), since null operands are skipped).
2258 -- Arrays describing the operands, only the first NN entries of each
2259 -- array are set (NN < N when we exclude known null operands).
2261 Is_Fixed_Length : array (1 .. N) of Boolean;
2262 -- True if length of corresponding operand known at compile time
2264 Operands : array (1 .. N) of Node_Id;
2265 -- Set to the corresponding entry in the Opnds list (but note that null
2266 -- operands are excluded, so not all entries in the list are stored).
2268 Fixed_Length : array (1 .. N) of Uint;
2269 -- Set to length of operand. Entries in this array are set only if the
2270 -- corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length is True.
2272 Opnd_Low_Bound : array (1 .. N) of Node_Id;
2273 -- Set to lower bound of operand. Either an integer literal in the case
2274 -- where the bound is known at compile time, else actual lower bound.
2275 -- The operand low bound is of type Ityp.
2277 Var_Length : array (1 .. N) of Entity_Id;
2278 -- Set to an entity of type Natural that contains the length of an
2279 -- operand whose length is not known at compile time. Entries in this
2280 -- array are set only if the corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length
2281 -- is False. The entity is of type Artyp.
2283 Aggr_Length : array (0 .. N) of Node_Id;
2284 -- The J'th entry in an expression node that represents the total length
2285 -- of operands 1 through J. It is either an integer literal node, or a
2286 -- reference to a constant entity with the right value, so it is fine
2287 -- to just do a Copy_Node to get an appropriate copy. The extra zero'th
2288 -- entry always is set to zero. The length is of type Artyp.
2290 Low_Bound : Node_Id;
2291 -- A tree node representing the low bound of the result (of type Ityp).
2292 -- This is either an integer literal node, or an identifier reference to
2293 -- a constant entity initialized to the appropriate value.
2295 Last_Opnd_High_Bound : Node_Id;
2296 -- A tree node representing the high bound of the last operand. This
2297 -- need only be set if the result could be null. It is used for the
2298 -- special case of setting the right high bound for a null result.
2299 -- This is of type Ityp.
2301 High_Bound : Node_Id;
2302 -- A tree node representing the high bound of the result (of type Ityp)
2304 Result : Node_Id;
2305 -- Result of the concatenation (of type Ityp)
2307 Actions : constant List_Id := New_List;
2308 -- Collect actions to be inserted if Save_Space is False
2310 Save_Space : Boolean;
2311 pragma Warnings (Off, Save_Space);
2312 -- Set to True if we are saving generated code space by calling routines
2313 -- in packages System.Concat_n.
2315 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen : Boolean;
2316 -- Set True during generation of the assignements of operands into
2317 -- result once an operand known to be non-null has been seen.
2319 function Make_Artyp_Literal (Val : Nat) return Node_Id;
2320 -- This function makes an N_Integer_Literal node that is returned in
2321 -- analyzed form with the type set to Artyp. Importantly this literal
2322 -- is not flagged as static, so that if we do computations with it that
2323 -- result in statically detected out of range conditions, we will not
2324 -- generate error messages but instead warning messages.
2326 function To_Artyp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
2327 -- Given a node of type Ityp, returns the corresponding value of type
2328 -- Artyp. For non-enumeration types, this is a plain integer conversion.
2329 -- For enum types, the Pos of the value is returned.
2331 function To_Ityp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
2332 -- The inverse function (uses Val in the case of enumeration types)
2334 ------------------------
2335 -- Make_Artyp_Literal --
2336 ------------------------
2338 function Make_Artyp_Literal (Val : Nat) return Node_Id is
2339 Result : constant Node_Id := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Val);
2340 begin
2341 Set_Etype (Result, Artyp);
2342 Set_Analyzed (Result, True);
2343 Set_Is_Static_Expression (Result, False);
2344 return Result;
2345 end Make_Artyp_Literal;
2347 --------------
2348 -- To_Artyp --
2349 --------------
2351 function To_Artyp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
2352 begin
2353 if Ityp = Base_Type (Artyp) then
2354 return X;
2356 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2357 return
2358 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2359 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
2360 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
2361 Expressions => New_List (X));
2363 else
2364 return Convert_To (Artyp, X);
2365 end if;
2366 end To_Artyp;
2368 -------------
2369 -- To_Ityp --
2370 -------------
2372 function To_Ityp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
2373 begin
2374 if Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2375 return
2376 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2377 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
2378 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
2379 Expressions => New_List (X));
2381 -- Case where we will do a type conversion
2383 else
2384 if Ityp = Base_Type (Artyp) then
2385 return X;
2386 else
2387 return Convert_To (Ityp, X);
2388 end if;
2389 end if;
2390 end To_Ityp;
2392 -- Local Declarations
2394 Opnd_Typ : Entity_Id;
2395 Ent : Entity_Id;
2396 Len : Uint;
2397 J : Nat;
2398 Clen : Node_Id;
2399 Set : Boolean;
2401 begin
2402 -- Choose an appropriate computational type
2404 -- We will be doing calculations of lengths and bounds in this routine
2405 -- and computing one from the other in some cases, e.g. getting the high
2406 -- bound by adding the length-1 to the low bound.
2408 -- We can't just use the index type, or even its base type for this
2409 -- purpose for two reasons. First it might be an enumeration type which
2410 -- is not suitable fo computations of any kind, and second it may simply
2411 -- not have enough range. For example if the index type is -128..+127
2412 -- then lengths can be up to 256, which is out of range of the type.
2414 -- For enumeration types, we can simply use Standard_Integer, this is
2415 -- sufficient since the actual number of enumeration literals cannot
2416 -- possibly exceed the range of integer (remember we will be doing the
2417 -- arithmetic with POS values, not representation values).
2419 if Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2420 Artyp := Standard_Integer;
2422 -- If index type is Positive, we use the standard unsigned type, to give
2423 -- more room on the top of the range, obviating the need for an overflow
2424 -- check when creating the upper bound. This is needed to avoid junk
2425 -- overflow checks in the common case of String types.
2427 -- ??? Disabled for now
2429 -- elsif Istyp = Standard_Positive then
2430 -- Artyp := Standard_Unsigned;
2432 -- For modular types, we use a 32-bit modular type for types whose size
2433 -- is in the range 1-31 bits. For 32-bit unsigned types, we use the
2434 -- identity type, and for larger unsigned types we use 64-bits.
2436 elsif Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Ityp) then
2437 if RM_Size (Ityp) < RM_Size (Standard_Unsigned) then
2438 Artyp := Standard_Unsigned;
2439 elsif RM_Size (Ityp) = RM_Size (Standard_Unsigned) then
2440 Artyp := Ityp;
2441 else
2442 Artyp := RTE (RE_Long_Long_Unsigned);
2443 end if;
2445 -- Similar treatment for signed types
2447 else
2448 if RM_Size (Ityp) < RM_Size (Standard_Integer) then
2449 Artyp := Standard_Integer;
2450 elsif RM_Size (Ityp) = RM_Size (Standard_Integer) then
2451 Artyp := Ityp;
2452 else
2453 Artyp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
2454 end if;
2455 end if;
2457 -- Supply dummy entry at start of length array
2459 Aggr_Length (0) := Make_Artyp_Literal (0);
2461 -- Go through operands setting up the above arrays
2463 J := 1;
2464 while J <= N loop
2465 Opnd := Remove_Head (Opnds);
2466 Opnd_Typ := Etype (Opnd);
2468 -- The parent got messed up when we put the operands in a list,
2469 -- so now put back the proper parent for the saved operand.
2471 Set_Parent (Opnd, Parent (Cnode));
2473 -- Set will be True when we have setup one entry in the array
2475 Set := False;
2477 -- Singleton element (or character literal) case
2479 if Base_Type (Opnd_Typ) = Ctyp then
2480 NN := NN + 1;
2481 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2482 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2483 Fixed_Length (NN) := Uint_1;
2484 Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2486 -- Set low bound of operand (no need to set Last_Opnd_High_Bound
2487 -- since we know that the result cannot be null).
2489 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2490 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2491 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Istyp, Loc),
2492 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2494 Set := True;
2496 -- String literal case (can only occur for strings of course)
2498 elsif Nkind (Opnd) = N_String_Literal then
2499 Len := String_Literal_Length (Opnd_Typ);
2501 if Len /= 0 then
2502 Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2503 end if;
2505 -- Capture last operand high bound if result could be null
2507 if J = N and then Result_May_Be_Null then
2508 Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2509 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2510 Left_Opnd =>
2511 New_Copy_Tree (String_Literal_Low_Bound (Opnd_Typ)),
2512 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1));
2513 end if;
2515 -- Skip null string literal
2517 if J < N and then Len = 0 then
2518 goto Continue;
2519 end if;
2521 NN := NN + 1;
2522 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2523 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2525 -- Set length and bounds
2527 Fixed_Length (NN) := Len;
2529 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2530 New_Copy_Tree (String_Literal_Low_Bound (Opnd_Typ));
2532 Set := True;
2534 -- All other cases
2536 else
2537 -- Check constrained case with known bounds
2539 if Is_Constrained (Opnd_Typ) then
2540 declare
2541 Index : constant Node_Id := First_Index (Opnd_Typ);
2542 Indx_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Index);
2543 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Indx_Typ);
2544 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Indx_Typ);
2546 begin
2547 -- Fixed length constrained array type with known at compile
2548 -- time bounds is last case of fixed length operand.
2550 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
2551 and then
2552 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
2553 then
2554 declare
2555 Loval : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Lo);
2556 Hival : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Hi);
2557 Len : constant Uint :=
2558 UI_Max (Hival - Loval + 1, Uint_0);
2560 begin
2561 if Len > 0 then
2562 Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2563 end if;
2565 -- Capture last operand bound if result could be null
2567 if J = N and then Result_May_Be_Null then
2568 Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2569 Convert_To (Ityp,
2570 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2571 Intval => Expr_Value (Hi)));
2572 end if;
2574 -- Exclude null length case unless last operand
2576 if J < N and then Len = 0 then
2577 goto Continue;
2578 end if;
2580 NN := NN + 1;
2581 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2582 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2583 Fixed_Length (NN) := Len;
2585 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) := To_Ityp (
2586 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2587 Intval => Expr_Value (Lo)));
2589 Set := True;
2590 end;
2591 end if;
2592 end;
2593 end if;
2595 -- All cases where the length is not known at compile time, or the
2596 -- special case of an operand which is known to be null but has a
2597 -- lower bound other than 1 or is other than a string type.
2599 if not Set then
2600 NN := NN + 1;
2602 -- Capture operand bounds
2604 Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2605 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2606 Prefix =>
2607 Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2608 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2610 if J = N and Result_May_Be_Null then
2611 Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2612 Convert_To (Ityp,
2613 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2614 Prefix =>
2615 Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2616 Attribute_Name => Name_Last));
2617 end if;
2619 -- Capture length of operand in entity
2621 Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2622 Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := False;
2624 Var_Length (NN) :=
2625 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
2626 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('L'));
2628 Append_To (Actions,
2629 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2630 Defining_Identifier => Var_Length (NN),
2631 Constant_Present => True,
2633 Object_Definition =>
2634 New_Occurrence_Of (Artyp, Loc),
2636 Expression =>
2637 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2638 Prefix =>
2639 Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2640 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
2641 end if;
2642 end if;
2644 -- Set next entry in aggregate length array
2646 -- For first entry, make either integer literal for fixed length
2647 -- or a reference to the saved length for variable length.
2649 if NN = 1 then
2650 if Is_Fixed_Length (1) then
2651 Aggr_Length (1) :=
2652 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2653 Intval => Fixed_Length (1));
2654 else
2655 Aggr_Length (1) :=
2656 New_Reference_To (Var_Length (1), Loc);
2657 end if;
2659 -- If entry is fixed length and only fixed lengths so far, make
2660 -- appropriate new integer literal adding new length.
2662 elsif Is_Fixed_Length (NN)
2663 and then Nkind (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)) = N_Integer_Literal
2664 then
2665 Aggr_Length (NN) :=
2666 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2667 Intval => Fixed_Length (NN) + Intval (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)));
2669 -- All other cases, construct an addition node for the length and
2670 -- create an entity initialized to this length.
2672 else
2673 Ent :=
2674 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
2675 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('L'));
2677 if Is_Fixed_Length (NN) then
2678 Clen := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Fixed_Length (NN));
2679 else
2680 Clen := New_Reference_To (Var_Length (NN), Loc);
2681 end if;
2683 Append_To (Actions,
2684 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2685 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
2686 Constant_Present => True,
2688 Object_Definition =>
2689 New_Occurrence_Of (Artyp, Loc),
2691 Expression =>
2692 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2693 Left_Opnd => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)),
2694 Right_Opnd => Clen)));
2696 Aggr_Length (NN) := Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars => Chars (Ent));
2697 end if;
2699 <<Continue>>
2700 J := J + 1;
2701 end loop;
2703 -- If we have only skipped null operands, return the last operand
2705 if NN = 0 then
2706 Result := Opnd;
2707 goto Done;
2708 end if;
2710 -- If we have only one non-null operand, return it and we are done.
2711 -- There is one case in which this cannot be done, and that is when
2712 -- the sole operand is of the element type, in which case it must be
2713 -- converted to an array, and the easiest way of doing that is to go
2714 -- through the normal general circuit.
2716 if NN = 1
2717 and then Base_Type (Etype (Operands (1))) /= Ctyp
2718 then
2719 Result := Operands (1);
2720 goto Done;
2721 end if;
2723 -- Cases where we have a real concatenation
2725 -- Next step is to find the low bound for the result array that we
2726 -- will allocate. The rules for this are in (RM 4.5.6(5-7)).
2728 -- If the ultimate ancestor of the index subtype is a constrained array
2729 -- definition, then the lower bound is that of the index subtype as
2730 -- specified by (RM 4.5.3(6)).
2732 -- The right test here is to go to the root type, and then the ultimate
2733 -- ancestor is the first subtype of this root type.
2735 if Is_Constrained (First_Subtype (Root_Type (Atyp))) then
2736 Low_Bound :=
2737 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2738 Prefix =>
2739 New_Occurrence_Of (First_Subtype (Root_Type (Atyp)), Loc),
2740 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2742 -- If the first operand in the list has known length we know that
2743 -- the lower bound of the result is the lower bound of this operand.
2745 elsif Is_Fixed_Length (1) then
2746 Low_Bound := Opnd_Low_Bound (1);
2748 -- OK, we don't know the lower bound, we have to build a horrible
2749 -- expression actions node of the form
2751 -- if Cond1'Length /= 0 then
2752 -- Opnd1 low bound
2753 -- else
2754 -- if Opnd2'Length /= 0 then
2755 -- Opnd2 low bound
2756 -- else
2757 -- ...
2759 -- The nesting ends either when we hit an operand whose length is known
2760 -- at compile time, or on reaching the last operand, whose low bound we
2761 -- take unconditionally whether or not it is null. It's easiest to do
2762 -- this with a recursive procedure:
2764 else
2765 declare
2766 function Get_Known_Bound (J : Nat) return Node_Id;
2767 -- Returns the lower bound determined by operands J .. NN
2769 ---------------------
2770 -- Get_Known_Bound --
2771 ---------------------
2773 function Get_Known_Bound (J : Nat) return Node_Id is
2774 begin
2775 if Is_Fixed_Length (J) or else J = NN then
2776 return New_Copy (Opnd_Low_Bound (J));
2778 else
2779 return
2780 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
2781 Expressions => New_List (
2783 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
2784 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Var_Length (J), Loc),
2785 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
2787 New_Copy (Opnd_Low_Bound (J)),
2788 Get_Known_Bound (J + 1)));
2789 end if;
2790 end Get_Known_Bound;
2792 begin
2793 Ent :=
2794 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Chars => New_Internal_Name ('L'));
2796 Append_To (Actions,
2797 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2798 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
2799 Constant_Present => True,
2800 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
2801 Expression => Get_Known_Bound (1)));
2803 Low_Bound := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
2804 end;
2805 end if;
2807 -- Now we can safely compute the upper bound, normally
2808 -- Low_Bound + Length - 1.
2810 High_Bound :=
2811 To_Ityp (
2812 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2813 Left_Opnd => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
2814 Right_Opnd =>
2815 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
2816 Left_Opnd => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN)),
2817 Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (1))));
2819 -- Note that calculation of the high bound may cause overflow in some
2820 -- very weird cases, so in the general case we need an overflow check on
2821 -- the high bound. We can avoid this for the common case of string types
2822 -- and other types whose index is Positive, since we chose a wider range
2823 -- for the arithmetic type.
2825 if Istyp /= Standard_Positive then
2826 Activate_Overflow_Check (High_Bound);
2827 end if;
2829 -- Handle the exceptional case where the result is null, in which case
2830 -- case the bounds come from the last operand (so that we get the proper
2831 -- bounds if the last operand is super-flat).
2833 if Result_May_Be_Null then
2834 High_Bound :=
2835 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
2836 Expressions => New_List (
2837 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
2838 Left_Opnd => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN)),
2839 Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (0)),
2840 Last_Opnd_High_Bound,
2841 High_Bound));
2842 end if;
2844 -- Here is where we insert the saved up actions
2846 Insert_Actions (Cnode, Actions, Suppress => All_Checks);
2848 -- Now we construct an array object with appropriate bounds
2850 Ent :=
2851 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
2852 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('S'));
2854 -- If the bound is statically known to be out of range, we do not want
2855 -- to abort, we want a warning and a runtime constraint error. Note that
2856 -- we have arranged that the result will not be treated as a static
2857 -- constant, so we won't get an illegality during this insertion.
2859 Insert_Action (Cnode,
2860 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2861 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
2862 Object_Definition =>
2863 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
2864 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (Atyp, Loc),
2865 Constraint =>
2866 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
2867 Constraints => New_List (
2868 Make_Range (Loc,
2869 Low_Bound => Low_Bound,
2870 High_Bound => High_Bound))))),
2871 Suppress => All_Checks);
2873 -- If the result of the concatenation appears as the initializing
2874 -- expression of an object declaration, we can just rename the
2875 -- result, rather than copying it.
2877 Set_OK_To_Rename (Ent);
2879 -- Catch the static out of range case now
2881 if Raises_Constraint_Error (High_Bound) then
2882 raise Concatenation_Error;
2883 end if;
2885 -- Now we will generate the assignments to do the actual concatenation
2887 -- There is one case in which we will not do this, namely when all the
2888 -- following conditions are met:
2890 -- The result type is Standard.String
2892 -- There are nine or fewer retained (non-null) operands
2894 -- The optimization level is -O0
2896 -- The corresponding System.Concat_n.Str_Concat_n routine is
2897 -- available in the run time.
2899 -- The debug flag gnatd.c is not set
2901 -- If all these conditions are met then we generate a call to the
2902 -- relevant concatenation routine. The purpose of this is to avoid
2903 -- undesirable code bloat at -O0.
2905 if Atyp = Standard_String
2906 and then NN in 2 .. 9
2907 and then (Opt.Optimization_Level = 0 or else Debug_Flag_Dot_CC)
2908 and then not Debug_Flag_Dot_C
2909 then
2910 declare
2911 RR : constant array (Nat range 2 .. 9) of RE_Id :=
2912 (RE_Str_Concat_2,
2913 RE_Str_Concat_3,
2914 RE_Str_Concat_4,
2915 RE_Str_Concat_5,
2916 RE_Str_Concat_6,
2917 RE_Str_Concat_7,
2918 RE_Str_Concat_8,
2919 RE_Str_Concat_9);
2921 begin
2922 if RTE_Available (RR (NN)) then
2923 declare
2924 Opnds : constant List_Id :=
2925 New_List (New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc));
2927 begin
2928 for J in 1 .. NN loop
2929 if Is_List_Member (Operands (J)) then
2930 Remove (Operands (J));
2931 end if;
2933 if Base_Type (Etype (Operands (J))) = Ctyp then
2934 Append_To (Opnds,
2935 Make_Aggregate (Loc,
2936 Component_Associations => New_List (
2937 Make_Component_Association (Loc,
2938 Choices => New_List (
2939 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1)),
2940 Expression => Operands (J)))));
2942 else
2943 Append_To (Opnds, Operands (J));
2944 end if;
2945 end loop;
2947 Insert_Action (Cnode,
2948 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
2949 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RR (NN)), Loc),
2950 Parameter_Associations => Opnds));
2952 Result := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
2953 goto Done;
2954 end;
2955 end if;
2956 end;
2957 end if;
2959 -- Not special case so generate the assignments
2961 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := False;
2963 for J in 1 .. NN loop
2964 declare
2965 Lo : constant Node_Id :=
2966 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2967 Left_Opnd => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
2968 Right_Opnd => Aggr_Length (J - 1));
2970 Hi : constant Node_Id :=
2971 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
2972 Left_Opnd => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
2973 Right_Opnd =>
2974 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
2975 Left_Opnd => Aggr_Length (J),
2976 Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (1)));
2978 begin
2979 -- Singleton case, simple assignment
2981 if Base_Type (Etype (Operands (J))) = Ctyp then
2982 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := True;
2983 Insert_Action (Cnode,
2984 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2985 Name =>
2986 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
2987 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
2988 Expressions => New_List (To_Ityp (Lo))),
2989 Expression => Operands (J)),
2990 Suppress => All_Checks);
2992 -- Array case, slice assignment, skipped when argument is fixed
2993 -- length and known to be null.
2995 elsif (not Is_Fixed_Length (J)) or else (Fixed_Length (J) > 0) then
2996 declare
2997 Assign : Node_Id :=
2998 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2999 Name =>
3000 Make_Slice (Loc,
3001 Prefix =>
3002 New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
3003 Discrete_Range =>
3004 Make_Range (Loc,
3005 Low_Bound => To_Ityp (Lo),
3006 High_Bound => To_Ityp (Hi))),
3007 Expression => Operands (J));
3008 begin
3009 if Is_Fixed_Length (J) then
3010 Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := True;
3012 elsif not Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen then
3014 -- Here if operand length is not statically known and no
3015 -- operand known to be non-null has been processed yet.
3016 -- If operand length is 0, we do not need to perform the
3017 -- assignment, and we must avoid the evaluation of the
3018 -- high bound of the slice, since it may underflow if the
3019 -- low bound is Ityp'First.
3021 Assign :=
3022 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Cnode,
3023 Condition =>
3024 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
3025 Left_Opnd =>
3026 New_Occurrence_Of (Var_Length (J), Loc),
3027 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
3028 Then_Statements =>
3029 New_List (Assign));
3030 end if;
3032 Insert_Action (Cnode, Assign, Suppress => All_Checks);
3033 end;
3034 end if;
3035 end;
3036 end loop;
3038 -- Finally we build the result, which is a reference to the array object
3040 Result := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
3042 <<Done>>
3043 Rewrite (Cnode, Result);
3044 Analyze_And_Resolve (Cnode, Atyp);
3046 exception
3047 when Concatenation_Error =>
3049 -- Kill warning generated for the declaration of the static out of
3050 -- range high bound, and instead generate a Constraint_Error with
3051 -- an appropriate specific message.
3053 Kill_Dead_Code (Declaration_Node (Entity (High_Bound)));
3054 Apply_Compile_Time_Constraint_Error
3055 (N => Cnode,
3056 Msg => "concatenation result upper bound out of range?",
3057 Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed);
3058 -- Set_Etype (Cnode, Atyp);
3059 end Expand_Concatenate;
3061 ------------------------
3062 -- Expand_N_Allocator --
3063 ------------------------
3065 procedure Expand_N_Allocator (N : Node_Id) is
3066 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3067 Dtyp : constant Entity_Id := Available_View (Designated_Type (PtrT));
3068 Etyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Expression (N));
3069 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3070 Desig : Entity_Id;
3071 Temp : Entity_Id;
3072 Nod : Node_Id;
3074 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3075 -- Generate finalization calls for all nested coextensions of N. This
3076 -- routine may allocate list controllers if necessary.
3078 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id);
3079 -- Static coextensions have the same lifetime as the entity they
3080 -- constrain. Such occurrences can be rewritten as aliased objects
3081 -- and their unrestricted access used instead of the coextension.
3083 function Size_In_Storage_Elements (E : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
3084 -- Given a constrained array type E, returns a node representing the
3085 -- code to compute the size in storage elements for the given type.
3086 -- This is done without using the attribute (which malfunctions for
3087 -- large sizes ???)
3089 ---------------------------------------
3090 -- Complete_Coextension_Finalization --
3091 ---------------------------------------
3093 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization is
3094 Coext : Node_Id;
3095 Coext_Elmt : Elmt_Id;
3096 Flist : Node_Id;
3097 Ref : Node_Id;
3099 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
3100 -- Determine whether node N is part of a return statement
3102 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
3103 -- Determine whether node N is a subtype indicator allocator which
3104 -- acts a coextension. Such coextensions need initialization.
3106 -------------------------------
3107 -- Inside_A_Return_Statement --
3108 -------------------------------
3110 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
3111 P : Node_Id;
3113 begin
3114 P := Parent (N);
3115 while Present (P) loop
3116 if Nkind_In
3117 (P, N_Extended_Return_Statement, N_Simple_Return_Statement)
3118 then
3119 return True;
3121 -- Stop the traversal when we reach a subprogram body
3123 elsif Nkind (P) = N_Subprogram_Body then
3124 return False;
3125 end if;
3127 P := Parent (P);
3128 end loop;
3130 return False;
3131 end Inside_A_Return_Statement;
3133 -------------------------------
3134 -- Needs_Initialization_Call --
3135 -------------------------------
3137 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
3138 Obj_Decl : Node_Id;
3140 begin
3141 if Nkind (N) = N_Explicit_Dereference
3142 and then Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Identifier
3143 and then Nkind (Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)))) =
3144 N_Object_Declaration
3145 then
3146 Obj_Decl := Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)));
3148 return
3149 Present (Expression (Obj_Decl))
3150 and then Nkind (Expression (Obj_Decl)) = N_Allocator
3151 and then Nkind (Expression (Expression (Obj_Decl))) /=
3152 N_Qualified_Expression;
3153 end if;
3155 return False;
3156 end Needs_Initialization_Call;
3158 -- Start of processing for Complete_Coextension_Finalization
3160 begin
3161 -- When a coextension root is inside a return statement, we need to
3162 -- use the finalization chain of the function's scope. This does not
3163 -- apply for controlled named access types because in those cases we
3164 -- can use the finalization chain of the type itself.
3166 if Inside_A_Return_Statement (N)
3167 and then
3168 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3169 or else
3170 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Access_Type
3171 and then No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT))))
3172 then
3173 declare
3174 Decl : Node_Id;
3175 Outer_S : Entity_Id;
3176 S : Entity_Id := Current_Scope;
3178 begin
3179 while Present (S) and then S /= Standard_Standard loop
3180 if Ekind (S) = E_Function then
3181 Outer_S := Scope (S);
3183 -- Retrieve the declaration of the body
3185 Decl :=
3186 Parent
3187 (Parent
3188 (Corresponding_Body (Parent (Parent (S)))));
3189 exit;
3190 end if;
3192 S := Scope (S);
3193 end loop;
3195 -- Push the scope of the function body since we are inserting
3196 -- the list before the body, but we are currently in the body
3197 -- itself. Override the finalization list of PtrT since the
3198 -- finalization context is now different.
3200 Push_Scope (Outer_S);
3201 Build_Final_List (Decl, PtrT);
3202 Pop_Scope;
3203 end;
3205 -- The root allocator may not be controlled, but it still needs a
3206 -- finalization list for all nested coextensions.
3208 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
3209 Build_Final_List (N, PtrT);
3210 end if;
3212 Flist :=
3213 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
3214 Prefix =>
3215 New_Reference_To (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT), Loc),
3216 Selector_Name =>
3217 Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_F));
3219 Coext_Elmt := First_Elmt (Coextensions (N));
3220 while Present (Coext_Elmt) loop
3221 Coext := Node (Coext_Elmt);
3223 -- Generate:
3224 -- typ! (coext.all)
3226 if Nkind (Coext) = N_Identifier then
3227 Ref :=
3228 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
3229 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Etype (Coext), Loc),
3230 Expression =>
3231 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
3232 Prefix => New_Copy_Tree (Coext)));
3233 else
3234 Ref := New_Copy_Tree (Coext);
3235 end if;
3237 -- No initialization call if not allowed
3239 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3241 if not Restriction_Active (No_Default_Initialization) then
3243 -- Generate:
3244 -- initialize (Ref)
3245 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3247 if Needs_Initialization_Call (Coext) then
3248 Insert_Actions (N,
3249 Make_Init_Call (
3250 Ref => Ref,
3251 Typ => Etype (Coext),
3252 Flist_Ref => Flist,
3253 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
3255 -- Generate:
3256 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3258 else
3259 Insert_Action (N,
3260 Make_Attach_Call (
3261 Obj_Ref => Ref,
3262 Flist_Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Flist),
3263 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
3264 end if;
3265 end if;
3267 Next_Elmt (Coext_Elmt);
3268 end loop;
3269 end Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3271 -------------------------
3272 -- Rewrite_Coextension --
3273 -------------------------
3275 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id) is
3276 Temp : constant Node_Id :=
3277 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
3278 New_Internal_Name ('C'));
3280 -- Generate:
3281 -- Cnn : aliased Etyp;
3283 Decl : constant Node_Id :=
3284 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3285 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3286 Aliased_Present => True,
3287 Object_Definition =>
3288 New_Occurrence_Of (Etyp, Loc));
3289 Nod : Node_Id;
3291 begin
3292 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3293 Set_Expression (Decl, Expression (Expression (N)));
3294 end if;
3296 -- Find the proper insertion node for the declaration
3298 Nod := Parent (N);
3299 while Present (Nod) loop
3300 exit when Nkind (Nod) in N_Statement_Other_Than_Procedure_Call
3301 or else Nkind (Nod) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
3302 or else Nkind (Nod) in N_Declaration;
3303 Nod := Parent (Nod);
3304 end loop;
3306 Insert_Before (Nod, Decl);
3307 Analyze (Decl);
3309 Rewrite (N,
3310 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3311 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3312 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3314 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3315 end Rewrite_Coextension;
3317 ------------------------------
3318 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements --
3319 ------------------------------
3321 function Size_In_Storage_Elements (E : Entity_Id) return Node_Id is
3322 begin
3323 -- Logically this just returns E'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements.
3324 -- However, the reason for the existence of this function is
3325 -- to construct a test for sizes too large, which means near the
3326 -- 32-bit limit on a 32-bit machine, and precisely the trouble
3327 -- is that we get overflows when sizes are greater than 2**31.
3329 -- So what we end up doing for array types is to use the expression:
3331 -- number-of-elements * component_type'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements
3333 -- which avoids this problem. All this is a big bogus, but it does
3334 -- mean we catch common cases of trying to allocate arrays that
3335 -- are too large, and which in the absence of a check results in
3336 -- undetected chaos ???
3338 declare
3339 Len : Node_Id;
3340 Res : Node_Id;
3342 begin
3343 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (E) loop
3344 Len :=
3345 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3346 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (E, Loc),
3347 Attribute_Name => Name_Length,
3348 Expressions => New_List (
3349 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J)));
3351 if J = 1 then
3352 Res := Len;
3354 else
3355 Res :=
3356 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
3357 Left_Opnd => Res,
3358 Right_Opnd => Len);
3359 end if;
3360 end loop;
3362 return
3363 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
3364 Left_Opnd => Len,
3365 Right_Opnd =>
3366 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3367 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Component_Type (E), Loc),
3368 Attribute_Name => Name_Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements));
3369 end;
3370 end Size_In_Storage_Elements;
3372 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Allocator
3374 begin
3375 -- RM E.2.3(22). We enforce that the expected type of an allocator
3376 -- shall not be a remote access-to-class-wide-limited-private type
3378 -- Why is this being done at expansion time, seems clearly wrong ???
3380 Validate_Remote_Access_To_Class_Wide_Type (N);
3382 -- Set the Storage Pool
3384 Set_Storage_Pool (N, Associated_Storage_Pool (Root_Type (PtrT)));
3386 if Present (Storage_Pool (N)) then
3387 if Is_RTE (Storage_Pool (N), RE_SS_Pool) then
3388 if VM_Target = No_VM then
3389 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_SS_Allocate));
3390 end if;
3392 elsif Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Storage_Pool (N))) then
3393 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_Allocate_Any));
3395 else
3396 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N,
3397 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Storage_Pool (N)), Name_Allocate));
3398 end if;
3399 end if;
3401 -- Under certain circumstances we can replace an allocator by an access
3402 -- to statically allocated storage. The conditions, as noted in AARM
3403 -- 3.10 (10c) are as follows:
3405 -- Size and initial value is known at compile time
3406 -- Access type is access-to-constant
3408 -- The allocator is not part of a constraint on a record component,
3409 -- because in that case the inserted actions are delayed until the
3410 -- record declaration is fully analyzed, which is too late for the
3411 -- analysis of the rewritten allocator.
3413 if Is_Access_Constant (PtrT)
3414 and then Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression
3415 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Expression (Expression (N)))
3416 and then Size_Known_At_Compile_Time (Etype (Expression
3417 (Expression (N))))
3418 and then not Is_Record_Type (Current_Scope)
3419 then
3420 -- Here we can do the optimization. For the allocator
3422 -- new x'(y)
3424 -- We insert an object declaration
3426 -- Tnn : aliased x := y;
3428 -- and replace the allocator by Tnn'Unrestricted_Access. Tnn is
3429 -- marked as requiring static allocation.
3431 Temp :=
3432 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('T'));
3434 Desig := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
3436 -- If context is constrained, use constrained subtype directly,
3437 -- so that the constant is not labelled as having a nominally
3438 -- unconstrained subtype.
3440 if Entity (Desig) = Base_Type (Dtyp) then
3441 Desig := New_Occurrence_Of (Dtyp, Loc);
3442 end if;
3444 Insert_Action (N,
3445 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3446 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3447 Aliased_Present => True,
3448 Constant_Present => Is_Access_Constant (PtrT),
3449 Object_Definition => Desig,
3450 Expression => Expression (Expression (N))));
3452 Rewrite (N,
3453 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3454 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3455 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3457 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3459 -- We set the variable as statically allocated, since we don't want
3460 -- it going on the stack of the current procedure!
3462 Set_Is_Statically_Allocated (Temp);
3463 return;
3464 end if;
3466 -- Same if the allocator is an access discriminant for a local object:
3467 -- instead of an allocator we create a local value and constrain the
3468 -- the enclosing object with the corresponding access attribute.
3470 if Is_Static_Coextension (N) then
3471 Rewrite_Coextension (N);
3472 return;
3473 end if;
3475 -- The current allocator creates an object which may contain nested
3476 -- coextensions. Use the current allocator's finalization list to
3477 -- generate finalization call for all nested coextensions.
3479 if Is_Coextension_Root (N) then
3480 Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3481 end if;
3483 -- Check for size too large, we do this because the back end misses
3484 -- proper checks here and can generate rubbish allocation calls when
3485 -- we are near the limit. We only do this for the 32-bit address case
3486 -- since that is from a practical point of view where we see a problem.
3488 if System_Address_Size = 32
3489 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (PtrT)
3490 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (Dtyp)
3491 and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (Etyp)
3492 then
3493 -- The check we want to generate should look like
3495 -- if Etyp'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements > 3.5 gigabytes then
3496 -- raise Storage_Error;
3497 -- end if;
3499 -- where 3.5 gigabytes is a constant large enough to accomodate any
3500 -- reasonable request for. But we can't do it this way because at
3501 -- least at the moment we don't compute this attribute right, and
3502 -- can silently give wrong results when the result gets large. Since
3503 -- this is all about large results, that's bad, so instead we only
3504 -- apply the check for constrained arrays, and manually compute the
3505 -- value of the attribute ???
3507 if Is_Array_Type (Etyp) and then Is_Constrained (Etyp) then
3508 Insert_Action (N,
3509 Make_Raise_Storage_Error (Loc,
3510 Condition =>
3511 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
3512 Left_Opnd => Size_In_Storage_Elements (Etyp),
3513 Right_Opnd =>
3514 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
3515 Intval => Uint_7 * (Uint_2 ** 29))),
3516 Reason => SE_Object_Too_Large));
3517 end if;
3518 end if;
3520 -- Handle case of qualified expression (other than optimization above)
3521 -- First apply constraint checks, because the bounds or discriminants
3522 -- in the aggregate might not match the subtype mark in the allocator.
3524 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3525 Apply_Constraint_Check
3526 (Expression (Expression (N)), Etype (Expression (N)));
3528 Expand_Allocator_Expression (N);
3529 return;
3530 end if;
3532 -- If the allocator is for a type which requires initialization, and
3533 -- there is no initial value (i.e. operand is a subtype indication
3534 -- rather than a qualified expression), then we must generate a call to
3535 -- the initialization routine using an expressions action node:
3537 -- [Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn]
3539 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and T is the
3540 -- subtype of the allocator. A special case arises if the designated
3541 -- type of the access type is a task or contains tasks. In this case
3542 -- the call to Init (Temp.all ...) is replaced by code that ensures
3543 -- that tasks get activated (see Exp_Ch9.Build_Task_Allocate_Block
3544 -- for details). In addition, if the type T is a task T, then the
3545 -- first argument to Init must be converted to the task record type.
3547 declare
3548 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Expression (N));
3549 Init : Entity_Id;
3550 Arg1 : Node_Id;
3551 Args : List_Id;
3552 Decls : List_Id;
3553 Decl : Node_Id;
3554 Discr : Elmt_Id;
3555 Flist : Node_Id;
3556 Temp_Decl : Node_Id;
3557 Temp_Type : Entity_Id;
3558 Attach_Level : Uint;
3560 begin
3561 if No_Initialization (N) then
3562 null;
3564 -- Case of no initialization procedure present
3566 elsif not Has_Non_Null_Base_Init_Proc (T) then
3568 -- Case of simple initialization required
3570 if Needs_Simple_Initialization (T) then
3571 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3572 Rewrite (Expression (N),
3573 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
3574 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc),
3575 Expression => Get_Simple_Init_Val (T, N)));
3577 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (Expression (N)), T);
3578 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), T);
3579 Set_Paren_Count (Expression (Expression (N)), 1);
3580 Expand_N_Allocator (N);
3582 -- No initialization required
3584 else
3585 null;
3586 end if;
3588 -- Case of initialization procedure present, must be called
3590 else
3591 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3593 if not Restriction_Active (No_Default_Initialization) then
3594 Init := Base_Init_Proc (T);
3595 Nod := N;
3596 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
3598 -- Construct argument list for the initialization routine call
3600 Arg1 :=
3601 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
3602 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3603 Set_Assignment_OK (Arg1);
3604 Temp_Type := PtrT;
3606 -- The initialization procedure expects a specific type. if the
3607 -- context is access to class wide, indicate that the object
3608 -- being allocated has the right specific type.
3610 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp) then
3611 Arg1 := Unchecked_Convert_To (T, Arg1);
3612 end if;
3614 -- If designated type is a concurrent type or if it is private
3615 -- type whose definition is a concurrent type, the first
3616 -- argument in the Init routine has to be unchecked conversion
3617 -- to the corresponding record type. If the designated type is
3618 -- a derived type, we also convert the argument to its root
3619 -- type.
3621 if Is_Concurrent_Type (T) then
3622 Arg1 :=
3623 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (T), Arg1);
3625 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3626 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3627 and then Is_Concurrent_Type (Full_View (T))
3628 then
3629 Arg1 :=
3630 Unchecked_Convert_To
3631 (Corresponding_Record_Type (Full_View (T)), Arg1);
3633 elsif Etype (First_Formal (Init)) /= Base_Type (T) then
3634 declare
3635 Ftyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Init));
3636 begin
3637 Arg1 := OK_Convert_To (Etype (Ftyp), Arg1);
3638 Set_Etype (Arg1, Ftyp);
3639 end;
3640 end if;
3642 Args := New_List (Arg1);
3644 -- For the task case, pass the Master_Id of the access type as
3645 -- the value of the _Master parameter, and _Chain as the value
3646 -- of the _Chain parameter (_Chain will be defined as part of
3647 -- the generated code for the allocator).
3649 -- In Ada 2005, the context may be a function that returns an
3650 -- anonymous access type. In that case the Master_Id has been
3651 -- created when expanding the function declaration.
3653 if Has_Task (T) then
3654 if No (Master_Id (Base_Type (PtrT))) then
3656 -- If we have a non-library level task with restriction
3657 -- No_Task_Hierarchy set, then no point in expanding.
3659 if not Is_Library_Level_Entity (T)
3660 and then Restriction_Active (No_Task_Hierarchy)
3661 then
3662 return;
3663 end if;
3665 -- The designated type was an incomplete type, and the
3666 -- access type did not get expanded. Salvage it now.
3668 pragma Assert (Present (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT))));
3669 Expand_N_Full_Type_Declaration
3670 (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT)));
3671 end if;
3673 -- If the context of the allocator is a declaration or an
3674 -- assignment, we can generate a meaningful image for it,
3675 -- even though subsequent assignments might remove the
3676 -- connection between task and entity. We build this image
3677 -- when the left-hand side is a simple variable, a simple
3678 -- indexed assignment or a simple selected component.
3680 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
3681 declare
3682 Nam : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (N));
3684 begin
3685 if Is_Entity_Name (Nam) then
3686 Decls :=
3687 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3688 (Loc,
3689 New_Occurrence_Of
3690 (Entity (Nam), Sloc (Nam)), T);
3692 elsif Nkind_In
3693 (Nam, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component)
3694 and then Is_Entity_Name (Prefix (Nam))
3695 then
3696 Decls :=
3697 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3698 (Loc, Nam, Etype (Prefix (Nam)));
3699 else
3700 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3701 end if;
3702 end;
3704 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Object_Declaration then
3705 Decls :=
3706 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3707 (Loc, Defining_Identifier (Parent (N)), T);
3709 else
3710 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3711 end if;
3713 Append_To (Args,
3714 New_Reference_To
3715 (Master_Id (Base_Type (Root_Type (PtrT))), Loc));
3716 Append_To (Args, Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uChain));
3718 Decl := Last (Decls);
3719 Append_To (Args,
3720 New_Occurrence_Of (Defining_Identifier (Decl), Loc));
3722 -- Has_Task is false, Decls not used
3724 else
3725 Decls := No_List;
3726 end if;
3728 -- Add discriminants if discriminated type
3730 declare
3731 Dis : Boolean := False;
3732 Typ : Entity_Id;
3734 begin
3735 if Has_Discriminants (T) then
3736 Dis := True;
3737 Typ := T;
3739 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3740 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3741 and then Has_Discriminants (Full_View (T))
3742 then
3743 Dis := True;
3744 Typ := Full_View (T);
3745 end if;
3747 if Dis then
3749 -- If the allocated object will be constrained by the
3750 -- default values for discriminants, then build a subtype
3751 -- with those defaults, and change the allocated subtype
3752 -- to that. Note that this happens in fewer cases in Ada
3753 -- 2005 (AI-363).
3755 if not Is_Constrained (Typ)
3756 and then Present (Discriminant_Default_Value
3757 (First_Discriminant (Typ)))
3758 and then (Ada_Version < Ada_05
3759 or else
3760 not Has_Constrained_Partial_View (Typ))
3761 then
3762 Typ := Build_Default_Subtype (Typ, N);
3763 Set_Expression (N, New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc));
3764 end if;
3766 Discr := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Typ));
3767 while Present (Discr) loop
3768 Nod := Node (Discr);
3769 Append (New_Copy_Tree (Node (Discr)), Args);
3771 -- AI-416: when the discriminant constraint is an
3772 -- anonymous access type make sure an accessibility
3773 -- check is inserted if necessary (3.10.2(22.q/2))
3775 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
3776 and then
3777 Ekind (Etype (Nod)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3778 then
3779 Apply_Accessibility_Check
3780 (Nod, Typ, Insert_Node => Nod);
3781 end if;
3783 Next_Elmt (Discr);
3784 end loop;
3785 end if;
3786 end;
3788 -- We set the allocator as analyzed so that when we analyze the
3789 -- expression actions node, we do not get an unwanted recursive
3790 -- expansion of the allocator expression.
3792 Set_Analyzed (N, True);
3793 Nod := Relocate_Node (N);
3795 -- Here is the transformation:
3796 -- input: new T
3797 -- output: Temp : constant ptr_T := new T;
3798 -- Init (Temp.all, ...);
3799 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3800 -- <CTRL> Initialize (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3802 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and is the
3803 -- subtype of the allocator.
3805 Temp_Decl :=
3806 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3807 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3808 Constant_Present => True,
3809 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Temp_Type, Loc),
3810 Expression => Nod);
3812 Set_Assignment_OK (Temp_Decl);
3813 Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl, Suppress => All_Checks);
3815 -- If the designated type is a task type or contains tasks,
3816 -- create block to activate created tasks, and insert
3817 -- declaration for Task_Image variable ahead of call.
3819 if Has_Task (T) then
3820 declare
3821 L : constant List_Id := New_List;
3822 Blk : Node_Id;
3823 begin
3824 Build_Task_Allocate_Block (L, Nod, Args);
3825 Blk := Last (L);
3826 Insert_List_Before (First (Declarations (Blk)), Decls);
3827 Insert_Actions (N, L);
3828 end;
3830 else
3831 Insert_Action (N,
3832 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
3833 Name => New_Reference_To (Init, Loc),
3834 Parameter_Associations => Args));
3835 end if;
3837 if Needs_Finalization (T) then
3839 -- Postpone the generation of a finalization call for the
3840 -- current allocator if it acts as a coextension.
3842 if Is_Dynamic_Coextension (N) then
3843 if No (Coextensions (N)) then
3844 Set_Coextensions (N, New_Elmt_List);
3845 end if;
3847 Append_Elmt (New_Copy_Tree (Arg1), Coextensions (N));
3849 else
3850 Flist :=
3851 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
3853 -- Anonymous access types created for access parameters
3854 -- are attached to an explicitly constructed controller,
3855 -- which ensures that they can be finalized properly,
3856 -- even if their deallocation might not happen. The list
3857 -- associated with the controller is doubly-linked. For
3858 -- other anonymous access types, the object may end up
3859 -- on the global final list which is singly-linked.
3860 -- Work needed for access discriminants in Ada 2005 ???
3862 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type then
3863 Attach_Level := Uint_1;
3864 else
3865 Attach_Level := Uint_2;
3866 end if;
3868 Insert_Actions (N,
3869 Make_Init_Call (
3870 Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Arg1),
3871 Typ => T,
3872 Flist_Ref => Flist,
3873 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
3874 Intval => Attach_Level)));
3875 end if;
3876 end if;
3878 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3879 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3880 end if;
3881 end if;
3882 end;
3884 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the allocator is for a class-wide interface
3885 -- object that has been rewritten as a reference, we displace "this"
3886 -- to reference properly its secondary dispatch table.
3888 if Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
3889 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
3890 then
3891 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
3892 end if;
3894 exception
3895 when RE_Not_Available =>
3896 return;
3897 end Expand_N_Allocator;
3899 -----------------------
3900 -- Expand_N_And_Then --
3901 -----------------------
3903 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also deal
3904 -- with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
3906 procedure Expand_N_And_Then (N : Node_Id) is
3907 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3908 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3909 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
3910 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
3911 Actlist : List_Id;
3913 begin
3914 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
3916 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
3917 Adjust_Condition (Left);
3918 Adjust_Condition (Right);
3919 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
3920 end if;
3922 -- Check for cases where left argument is known to be True or False
3924 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left) then
3926 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to Right.
3927 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
3928 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
3930 if Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_True then
3931 if Present (Actions (N)) then
3932 Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
3933 end if;
3935 Rewrite (N, Right);
3937 -- If left argument is False, change (False and then Right) to False.
3938 -- In this case we can forget the actions associated with Right,
3939 -- since they will never be executed.
3941 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_False);
3942 Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
3943 Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
3944 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
3945 end if;
3947 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3948 return;
3949 end if;
3951 -- If Actions are present, we expand
3953 -- left and then right
3955 -- into
3957 -- if left then right else false end
3959 -- with the actions becoming the Then_Actions of the conditional
3960 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
3961 -- (and will eventually disappear)
3963 if Present (Actions (N)) then
3964 Actlist := Actions (N);
3965 Rewrite (N,
3966 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
3967 Expressions => New_List (
3968 Left,
3969 Right,
3970 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
3972 -- If the right part of the expression is a function call then it can
3973 -- be part of the expansion of the predefined equality operator of a
3974 -- tagged type and we may need to adjust its SCIL dispatching node.
3976 if Generate_SCIL
3977 and then Nkind (Right) = N_Function_Call
3978 then
3979 Adjust_SCIL_Node (N, Right);
3980 end if;
3982 Set_Then_Actions (N, Actlist);
3983 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
3984 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3985 return;
3986 end if;
3988 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
3990 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right) then
3992 -- Change (Left and then True) to Left. Note that we know there are
3993 -- no actions associated with the True operand, since we just checked
3994 -- for this case above.
3996 if Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_True then
3997 Rewrite (N, Left);
3999 -- Change (Left and then False) to False, making sure to preserve any
4000 -- side effects associated with the Left operand.
4002 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_False);
4003 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
4004 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
4005 end if;
4006 end if;
4008 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
4009 end Expand_N_And_Then;
4011 -------------------------------------
4012 -- Expand_N_Conditional_Expression --
4013 -------------------------------------
4015 -- Expand into expression actions if then/else actions present
4017 procedure Expand_N_Conditional_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
4018 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4019 Cond : constant Node_Id := First (Expressions (N));
4020 Thenx : constant Node_Id := Next (Cond);
4021 Elsex : constant Node_Id := Next (Thenx);
4022 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4024 Cnn : Entity_Id;
4025 Decl : Node_Id;
4026 New_If : Node_Id;
4027 New_N : Node_Id;
4028 P_Decl : Node_Id;
4030 begin
4031 -- If either then or else actions are present, then given:
4033 -- if cond then then-expr else else-expr end
4035 -- we insert the following sequence of actions (using Insert_Actions):
4037 -- Cnn : typ;
4038 -- if cond then
4039 -- <<then actions>>
4040 -- Cnn := then-expr;
4041 -- else
4042 -- <<else actions>>
4043 -- Cnn := else-expr
4044 -- end if;
4046 -- and replace the conditional expression by a reference to Cnn
4048 -- If the type is limited or unconstrained, the above expansion is
4049 -- not legal, because it involves either an uninitialized object
4050 -- or an illegal assignment. Instead, we generate:
4052 -- type Ptr is access all Typ;
4053 -- Cnn : Ptr;
4054 -- if cond then
4055 -- <<then actions>>
4056 -- Cnn := then-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4057 -- else
4058 -- <<else actions>>
4059 -- Cnn := else-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4060 -- end if;
4062 -- and replace the conditional expresion by a reference to Cnn.all.
4064 if Is_By_Reference_Type (Typ) then
4065 Cnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C', N);
4067 P_Decl :=
4068 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
4069 Defining_Identifier =>
4070 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('A')),
4071 Type_Definition =>
4072 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
4073 All_Present => True,
4074 Subtype_Indication =>
4075 New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
4077 Insert_Action (N, P_Decl);
4079 Decl :=
4080 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
4081 Defining_Identifier => Cnn,
4082 Object_Definition =>
4083 New_Occurrence_Of (Defining_Identifier (P_Decl), Loc));
4085 New_If :=
4086 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (N,
4087 Condition => Relocate_Node (Cond),
4089 Then_Statements => New_List (
4090 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Thenx),
4091 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Thenx)),
4092 Expression =>
4093 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4094 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access,
4095 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Thenx)))),
4097 Else_Statements => New_List (
4098 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Elsex),
4099 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Elsex)),
4100 Expression =>
4101 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4102 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access,
4103 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Elsex)))));
4105 New_N :=
4106 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
4107 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Loc));
4109 -- For other types, we only need to expand if there are other actions
4110 -- associated with either branch.
4112 elsif Present (Then_Actions (N)) or else Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
4113 Cnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C', N);
4115 Decl :=
4116 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
4117 Defining_Identifier => Cnn,
4118 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc));
4120 New_If :=
4121 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (N,
4122 Condition => Relocate_Node (Cond),
4124 Then_Statements => New_List (
4125 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Thenx),
4126 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Thenx)),
4127 Expression => Relocate_Node (Thenx))),
4129 Else_Statements => New_List (
4130 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Elsex),
4131 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Elsex)),
4132 Expression => Relocate_Node (Elsex))));
4134 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Then_Statements (New_If))));
4135 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Else_Statements (New_If))));
4137 New_N := New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Loc);
4139 else
4140 -- No expansion needed, gigi handles it like a C conditional
4141 -- expression.
4143 return;
4144 end if;
4146 -- Move the SLOC of the parent If statement to the newly created one and
4147 -- change it to the SLOC of the expression which, after expansion, will
4148 -- correspond to what is being evaluated.
4150 if Present (Parent (N))
4151 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_If_Statement
4152 then
4153 Set_Sloc (New_If, Sloc (Parent (N)));
4154 Set_Sloc (Parent (N), Loc);
4155 end if;
4157 -- Make sure Then_Actions and Else_Actions are appropriately moved
4158 -- to the new if statement.
4160 if Present (Then_Actions (N)) then
4161 Insert_List_Before
4162 (First (Then_Statements (New_If)), Then_Actions (N));
4163 end if;
4165 if Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
4166 Insert_List_Before
4167 (First (Else_Statements (New_If)), Else_Actions (N));
4168 end if;
4170 Insert_Action (N, Decl);
4171 Insert_Action (N, New_If);
4172 Rewrite (N, New_N);
4173 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4174 end Expand_N_Conditional_Expression;
4176 -----------------------------------
4177 -- Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference --
4178 -----------------------------------
4180 procedure Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference (N : Node_Id) is
4181 begin
4182 -- Insert explicit dereference call for the checked storage pool case
4184 Insert_Dereference_Action (Prefix (N));
4185 end Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference;
4187 -----------------
4188 -- Expand_N_In --
4189 -----------------
4191 procedure Expand_N_In (N : Node_Id) is
4192 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4193 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4194 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
4195 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4196 Static : constant Boolean := Is_OK_Static_Expression (N);
4198 procedure Expand_Set_Membership;
4199 -- For each disjunct we create a simple equality or membership test.
4200 -- The whole membership is rewritten as a short-circuit disjunction.
4202 ---------------------------
4203 -- Expand_Set_Membership --
4204 ---------------------------
4206 procedure Expand_Set_Membership is
4207 Alt : Node_Id;
4208 Res : Node_Id;
4210 function Make_Cond (Alt : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
4211 -- If the alternative is a subtype mark, create a simple membership
4212 -- test. Otherwise create an equality test for it.
4214 ---------------
4215 -- Make_Cond --
4216 ---------------
4218 function Make_Cond (Alt : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
4219 Cond : Node_Id;
4220 L : constant Node_Id := New_Copy (Lop);
4221 R : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Alt);
4223 begin
4224 if Is_Entity_Name (Alt)
4225 and then Is_Type (Entity (Alt))
4226 then
4227 Cond :=
4228 Make_In (Sloc (Alt),
4229 Left_Opnd => L,
4230 Right_Opnd => R);
4231 else
4232 Cond := Make_Op_Eq (Sloc (Alt),
4233 Left_Opnd => L,
4234 Right_Opnd => R);
4235 end if;
4237 return Cond;
4238 end Make_Cond;
4240 -- Start of proessing for Expand_N_In
4242 begin
4243 Alt := Last (Alternatives (N));
4244 Res := Make_Cond (Alt);
4246 Prev (Alt);
4247 while Present (Alt) loop
4248 Res :=
4249 Make_Or_Else (Sloc (Alt),
4250 Left_Opnd => Make_Cond (Alt),
4251 Right_Opnd => Res);
4252 Prev (Alt);
4253 end loop;
4255 Rewrite (N, Res);
4256 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
4257 end Expand_Set_Membership;
4259 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check;
4260 -- Replaces node N by Lop'Valid. This is done when we have an explicit
4261 -- test for the left operand being in range of its subtype.
4263 ----------------------------
4264 -- Substitute_Valid_Check --
4265 ----------------------------
4267 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check is
4268 begin
4269 Rewrite (N,
4270 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4271 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Lop),
4272 Attribute_Name => Name_Valid));
4274 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4276 Error_Msg_N ("?explicit membership test may be optimized away", N);
4277 Error_Msg_N ("\?use ''Valid attribute instead", N);
4278 return;
4279 end Substitute_Valid_Check;
4281 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_In
4283 begin
4285 if Present (Alternatives (N)) then
4286 Remove_Side_Effects (Lop);
4287 Expand_Set_Membership;
4288 return;
4289 end if;
4291 -- Check case of explicit test for an expression in range of its
4292 -- subtype. This is suspicious usage and we replace it with a 'Valid
4293 -- test and give a warning.
4295 if Is_Scalar_Type (Etype (Lop))
4296 and then Nkind (Rop) in N_Has_Entity
4297 and then Etype (Lop) = Entity (Rop)
4298 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4299 and then VM_Target = No_VM
4300 then
4301 Substitute_Valid_Check;
4302 return;
4303 end if;
4305 -- Do validity check on operands
4307 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
4308 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
4309 Validity_Check_Range (Right_Opnd (N));
4310 end if;
4312 -- Case of explicit range
4314 if Nkind (Rop) = N_Range then
4315 declare
4316 Lo : constant Node_Id := Low_Bound (Rop);
4317 Hi : constant Node_Id := High_Bound (Rop);
4319 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
4321 Lo_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Lo);
4322 Hi_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Hi);
4324 Lcheck : Compare_Result;
4325 Ucheck : Compare_Result;
4327 Warn1 : constant Boolean :=
4328 Constant_Condition_Warnings
4329 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4330 and then not In_Instance;
4331 -- This must be true for any of the optimization warnings, we
4332 -- clearly want to give them only for source with the flag on.
4333 -- We also skip these warnings in an instance since it may be
4334 -- the case that different instantiations have different ranges.
4336 Warn2 : constant Boolean :=
4337 Warn1
4338 and then Nkind (Original_Node (Rop)) = N_Range
4339 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Lo));
4340 -- For the case where only one bound warning is elided, we also
4341 -- insist on an explicit range and an integer type. The reason is
4342 -- that the use of enumeration ranges including an end point is
4343 -- common, as is the use of a subtype name, one of whose bounds
4344 -- is the same as the type of the expression.
4346 begin
4347 -- If test is explicit x'first .. x'last, replace by valid check
4349 if Is_Scalar_Type (Ltyp)
4350 and then Nkind (Lo_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
4351 and then Attribute_Name (Lo_Orig) = Name_First
4352 and then Nkind (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
4353 and then Entity (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) = Ltyp
4354 and then Nkind (Hi_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
4355 and then Attribute_Name (Hi_Orig) = Name_Last
4356 and then Nkind (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
4357 and then Entity (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) = Ltyp
4358 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4359 and then VM_Target = No_VM
4360 then
4361 Substitute_Valid_Check;
4362 return;
4363 end if;
4365 -- If bounds of type are known at compile time, and the end points
4366 -- are known at compile time and identical, this is another case
4367 -- for substituting a valid test. We only do this for discrete
4368 -- types, since it won't arise in practice for float types.
4370 if Comes_From_Source (N)
4371 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Ltyp)
4372 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp))
4373 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp))
4374 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
4375 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
4376 and then Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Hi)
4377 and then Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Lo)
4379 -- Kill warnings in instances, since they may be cases where we
4380 -- have a test in the generic that makes sense with some types
4381 -- and not with other types.
4383 and then not In_Instance
4384 then
4385 Substitute_Valid_Check;
4386 return;
4387 end if;
4389 -- If we have an explicit range, do a bit of optimization based
4390 -- on range analysis (we may be able to kill one or both checks).
4392 Lcheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Lo, Assume_Valid => False);
4393 Ucheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Hi, Assume_Valid => False);
4395 -- If either check is known to fail, replace result by False since
4396 -- the other check does not matter. Preserve the static flag for
4397 -- legality checks, because we are constant-folding beyond RM 4.9.
4399 if Lcheck = LT or else Ucheck = GT then
4400 if Warn1 then
4401 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
4402 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be out of range", N);
4403 end if;
4405 Rewrite (N,
4406 New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc));
4407 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4408 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
4410 return;
4412 -- If both checks are known to succeed, replace result by True,
4413 -- since we know we are in range.
4415 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4416 if Warn1 then
4417 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
4418 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", N);
4419 end if;
4421 Rewrite (N,
4422 New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
4423 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4424 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
4426 return;
4428 -- If lower bound check succeeds and upper bound check is not
4429 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4430 -- a comparison against the upper bound.
4432 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE then
4433 if Warn2 and then not In_Instance then
4434 Error_Msg_N ("?lower bound test optimized away", Lo);
4435 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Lo);
4436 end if;
4438 Rewrite (N,
4439 Make_Op_Le (Loc,
4440 Left_Opnd => Lop,
4441 Right_Opnd => High_Bound (Rop)));
4442 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4444 return;
4446 -- If upper bound check succeeds and lower bound check is not
4447 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4448 -- a comparison against the lower bound.
4450 elsif Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4451 if Warn2 and then not In_Instance then
4452 Error_Msg_N ("?upper bound test optimized away", Hi);
4453 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Hi);
4454 end if;
4456 Rewrite (N,
4457 Make_Op_Ge (Loc,
4458 Left_Opnd => Lop,
4459 Right_Opnd => Low_Bound (Rop)));
4460 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4462 return;
4463 end if;
4465 -- We couldn't optimize away the range check, but there is one
4466 -- more issue. If we are checking constant conditionals, then we
4467 -- see if we can determine the outcome assuming everything is
4468 -- valid, and if so give an appropriate warning.
4470 if Warn1 and then not Assume_No_Invalid_Values then
4471 Lcheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Lo, Assume_Valid => True);
4472 Ucheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
4474 -- Result is out of range for valid value
4476 if Lcheck = LT or else Ucheck = GT then
4477 Error_Msg_N
4478 ("?value can only be in range if it is invalid", N);
4480 -- Result is in range for valid value
4482 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4483 Error_Msg_N
4484 ("?value can only be out of range if it is invalid", N);
4486 -- Lower bound check succeeds if value is valid
4488 elsif Warn2 and then Lcheck in Compare_GE then
4489 Error_Msg_N
4490 ("?lower bound check only fails if it is invalid", Lo);
4492 -- Upper bound check succeeds if value is valid
4494 elsif Warn2 and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4495 Error_Msg_N
4496 ("?upper bound check only fails for invalid values", Hi);
4497 end if;
4498 end if;
4499 end;
4501 -- For all other cases of an explicit range, nothing to be done
4503 return;
4505 -- Here right operand is a subtype mark
4507 else
4508 declare
4509 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
4510 Is_Acc : constant Boolean := Is_Access_Type (Typ);
4511 Cond : Node_Id := Empty;
4512 New_N : Node_Id;
4513 Obj : Node_Id := Lop;
4514 SCIL_Node : Node_Id;
4516 begin
4517 Remove_Side_Effects (Obj);
4519 -- For tagged type, do tagged membership operation
4521 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typ) then
4523 -- No expansion will be performed when VM_Target, as the VM
4524 -- back-ends will handle the membership tests directly (tags
4525 -- are not explicitly represented in Java objects, so the
4526 -- normal tagged membership expansion is not what we want).
4528 if Tagged_Type_Expansion then
4529 Tagged_Membership (N, SCIL_Node, New_N);
4530 Rewrite (N, New_N);
4531 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4533 -- Update decoration of relocated node referenced by the
4534 -- SCIL node.
4536 if Generate_SCIL
4537 and then Present (SCIL_Node)
4538 then
4539 Set_SCIL_Related_Node (SCIL_Node, N);
4540 Insert_Action (N, SCIL_Node);
4541 end if;
4542 end if;
4544 return;
4546 -- If type is scalar type, rewrite as x in t'first .. t'last.
4547 -- This reason we do this is that the bounds may have the wrong
4548 -- type if they come from the original type definition. Also this
4549 -- way we get all the processing above for an explicit range.
4551 elsif Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
4552 Rewrite (Rop,
4553 Make_Range (Loc,
4554 Low_Bound =>
4555 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4556 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
4557 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
4559 High_Bound =>
4560 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4561 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
4562 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))));
4563 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4564 return;
4566 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
4567 -- a membership test if the subtype mark denotes a constrained
4568 -- Unchecked_Union subtype and the expression lacks inferable
4569 -- discriminants.
4571 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Typ))
4572 and then Is_Constrained (Typ)
4573 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lop)
4574 then
4575 Insert_Action (N,
4576 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
4577 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
4579 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
4580 -- the test as a standard False.
4582 Rewrite (N,
4583 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
4585 return;
4586 end if;
4588 -- Here we have a non-scalar type
4590 if Is_Acc then
4591 Typ := Designated_Type (Typ);
4592 end if;
4594 if not Is_Constrained (Typ) then
4595 Rewrite (N,
4596 New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
4597 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4599 -- For the constrained array case, we have to check the subscripts
4600 -- for an exact match if the lengths are non-zero (the lengths
4601 -- must match in any case).
4603 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
4605 Check_Subscripts : declare
4606 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
4607 (E : Node_Id;
4608 Nam : Name_Id;
4609 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id;
4610 -- Build attribute reference E'Nam(Dim)
4612 -----------------------------------
4613 -- Construct_Attribute_Reference --
4614 -----------------------------------
4616 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
4617 (E : Node_Id;
4618 Nam : Name_Id;
4619 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id
4621 begin
4622 return
4623 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4624 Prefix => E,
4625 Attribute_Name => Nam,
4626 Expressions => New_List (
4627 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Dim)));
4628 end Construct_Attribute_Reference;
4630 -- Start of processing for Check_Subscripts
4632 begin
4633 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Typ) loop
4634 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4635 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4636 Left_Opnd =>
4637 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4638 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4639 Name_First, J),
4640 Right_Opnd =>
4641 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4642 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_First, J)));
4644 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4645 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4646 Left_Opnd =>
4647 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4648 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4649 Name_Last, J),
4650 Right_Opnd =>
4651 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4652 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_Last, J)));
4653 end loop;
4655 if Is_Acc then
4656 Cond :=
4657 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4658 Left_Opnd =>
4659 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4660 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4661 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4662 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4663 end if;
4665 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4666 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4667 end Check_Subscripts;
4669 -- These are the cases where constraint checks may be required,
4670 -- e.g. records with possible discriminants
4672 else
4673 -- Expand the test into a series of discriminant comparisons.
4674 -- The expression that is built is the negation of the one that
4675 -- is used for checking discriminant constraints.
4677 Obj := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
4679 if Has_Discriminants (Typ) then
4680 Cond := Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4681 Right_Opnd => Build_Discriminant_Checks (Obj, Typ));
4683 if Is_Acc then
4684 Cond := Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4685 Left_Opnd =>
4686 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4687 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4688 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4689 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4690 end if;
4692 else
4693 Cond := New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc);
4694 end if;
4696 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4697 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4698 end if;
4699 end;
4700 end if;
4701 end Expand_N_In;
4703 --------------------------------
4704 -- Expand_N_Indexed_Component --
4705 --------------------------------
4707 procedure Expand_N_Indexed_Component (N : Node_Id) is
4708 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4709 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4710 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
4711 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (P);
4713 begin
4714 -- A special optimization, if we have an indexed component that is
4715 -- selecting from a slice, then we can eliminate the slice, since, for
4716 -- example, x (i .. j)(k) is identical to x(k). The only difference is
4717 -- the range check required by the slice. The range check for the slice
4718 -- itself has already been generated. The range check for the
4719 -- subscripting operation is ensured by converting the subject to
4720 -- the subtype of the slice.
4722 -- This optimization not only generates better code, avoiding slice
4723 -- messing especially in the packed case, but more importantly bypasses
4724 -- some problems in handling this peculiar case, for example, the issue
4725 -- of dealing specially with object renamings.
4727 if Nkind (P) = N_Slice then
4728 Rewrite (N,
4729 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
4730 Prefix => Prefix (P),
4731 Expressions => New_List (
4732 Convert_To
4733 (Etype (First_Index (Etype (P))),
4734 First (Expressions (N))))));
4735 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4736 return;
4737 end if;
4739 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
4740 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
4742 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
4743 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
4744 then
4745 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
4746 end if;
4748 -- If the prefix is an access type, then we unconditionally rewrite if
4749 -- as an explicit dereference. This simplifies processing for several
4750 -- cases, including packed array cases and certain cases in which checks
4751 -- must be generated. We used to try to do this only when it was
4752 -- necessary, but it cleans up the code to do it all the time.
4754 if Is_Access_Type (T) then
4755 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
4756 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (T));
4757 end if;
4759 -- Generate index and validity checks
4761 Generate_Index_Checks (N);
4763 if Validity_Checks_On and then Validity_Check_Subscripts then
4764 Apply_Subscript_Validity_Checks (N);
4765 end if;
4767 -- All done for the non-packed case
4769 if not Is_Packed (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4770 return;
4771 end if;
4773 -- For packed arrays that are not bit-packed (i.e. the case of an array
4774 -- with one or more index types with a non-contiguous enumeration type),
4775 -- we can always use the normal packed element get circuit.
4777 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4778 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4779 return;
4780 end if;
4782 -- For a reference to a component of a bit packed array, we have to
4783 -- convert it to a reference to the corresponding Packed_Array_Type.
4784 -- We only want to do this for simple references, and not for:
4786 -- Left side of assignment, or prefix of left side of assignment, or
4787 -- prefix of the prefix, to handle packed arrays of packed arrays,
4788 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch5.Expand_N_Assignment_Statement
4790 -- Renaming objects in renaming associations
4791 -- This case is handled when a use of the renamed variable occurs
4793 -- Actual parameters for a procedure call
4794 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch6.Expand_Actuals
4796 -- The second expression in a 'Read attribute reference
4798 -- The prefix of an address or size attribute reference
4800 -- The following circuit detects these exceptions
4802 declare
4803 Child : Node_Id := N;
4804 Parnt : Node_Id := Parent (N);
4806 begin
4807 loop
4808 if Nkind (Parnt) = N_Unchecked_Expression then
4809 null;
4811 elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Object_Renaming_Declaration,
4812 N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
4813 or else (Nkind (Parnt) = N_Parameter_Association
4814 and then
4815 Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
4816 then
4817 return;
4819 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4820 and then (Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Address
4821 or else
4822 Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Size)
4823 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4824 then
4825 return;
4827 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Assignment_Statement
4828 and then Name (Parnt) = Child
4829 then
4830 return;
4832 -- If the expression is an index of an indexed component, it must
4833 -- be expanded regardless of context.
4835 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Indexed_Component
4836 and then Child /= Prefix (Parnt)
4837 then
4838 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4839 return;
4841 elsif Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Assignment_Statement
4842 and then Name (Parent (Parnt)) = Parnt
4843 then
4844 return;
4846 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4847 and then Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Read
4848 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parnt))) = Child
4849 then
4850 return;
4852 elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component)
4853 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4854 then
4855 null;
4857 else
4858 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4859 return;
4860 end if;
4862 -- Keep looking up tree for unchecked expression, or if we are the
4863 -- prefix of a possible assignment left side.
4865 Child := Parnt;
4866 Parnt := Parent (Child);
4867 end loop;
4868 end;
4869 end Expand_N_Indexed_Component;
4871 ---------------------
4872 -- Expand_N_Not_In --
4873 ---------------------
4875 -- Replace a not in b by not (a in b) so that the expansions for (a in b)
4876 -- can be done. This avoids needing to duplicate this expansion code.
4878 procedure Expand_N_Not_In (N : Node_Id) is
4879 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4880 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4881 Cfs : constant Boolean := Comes_From_Source (N);
4883 begin
4884 Rewrite (N,
4885 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4886 Right_Opnd =>
4887 Make_In (Loc,
4888 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
4889 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N))));
4891 -- If this is a set membership, preserve list of alternatives
4893 Set_Alternatives (Right_Opnd (N), Alternatives (Original_Node (N)));
4895 -- We want this to appear as coming from source if original does (see
4896 -- transformations in Expand_N_In).
4898 Set_Comes_From_Source (N, Cfs);
4899 Set_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (N), Cfs);
4901 -- Now analyze transformed node
4903 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4904 end Expand_N_Not_In;
4906 -------------------
4907 -- Expand_N_Null --
4908 -------------------
4910 -- The only replacement required is for the case of a null of type that is
4911 -- an access to protected subprogram. We represent such access values as a
4912 -- record, and so we must replace the occurrence of null by the equivalent
4913 -- record (with a null address and a null pointer in it), so that the
4914 -- backend creates the proper value.
4916 procedure Expand_N_Null (N : Node_Id) is
4917 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4918 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4919 Agg : Node_Id;
4921 begin
4922 if Is_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type (Typ) then
4923 Agg :=
4924 Make_Aggregate (Loc,
4925 Expressions => New_List (
4926 New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_Null_Address), Loc),
4927 Make_Null (Loc)));
4929 Rewrite (N, Agg);
4930 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Equivalent_Type (Typ));
4932 -- For subsequent semantic analysis, the node must retain its type.
4933 -- Gigi in any case replaces this type by the corresponding record
4934 -- type before processing the node.
4936 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
4937 end if;
4939 exception
4940 when RE_Not_Available =>
4941 return;
4942 end Expand_N_Null;
4944 ---------------------
4945 -- Expand_N_Op_Abs --
4946 ---------------------
4948 procedure Expand_N_Op_Abs (N : Node_Id) is
4949 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4950 Expr : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4952 begin
4953 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4955 -- Deal with software overflow checking
4957 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
4958 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
4959 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
4960 then
4961 -- The only case to worry about is when the argument is equal to the
4962 -- largest negative number, so what we do is to insert the check:
4964 -- [constraint_error when Expr = typ'Base'First]
4966 -- with the usual Duplicate_Subexpr use coding for expr
4968 Insert_Action (N,
4969 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
4970 Condition =>
4971 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4972 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Expr),
4973 Right_Opnd =>
4974 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4975 Prefix =>
4976 New_Occurrence_Of (Base_Type (Etype (Expr)), Loc),
4977 Attribute_Name => Name_First)),
4978 Reason => CE_Overflow_Check_Failed));
4979 end if;
4981 -- Vax floating-point types case
4983 if Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
4984 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4985 end if;
4986 end Expand_N_Op_Abs;
4988 ---------------------
4989 -- Expand_N_Op_Add --
4990 ---------------------
4992 procedure Expand_N_Op_Add (N : Node_Id) is
4993 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4995 begin
4996 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4998 -- N + 0 = 0 + N = N for integer types
5000 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5001 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
5002 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
5003 then
5004 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
5005 return;
5007 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left_Opnd (N))
5008 and then Expr_Value (Left_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
5009 then
5010 Rewrite (N, Right_Opnd (N));
5011 return;
5012 end if;
5013 end if;
5015 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
5017 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
5018 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
5019 then
5020 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
5021 return;
5023 -- Vax floating-point types case
5025 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
5026 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5027 end if;
5028 end Expand_N_Op_Add;
5030 ---------------------
5031 -- Expand_N_Op_And --
5032 ---------------------
5034 procedure Expand_N_Op_And (N : Node_Id) is
5035 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5037 begin
5038 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5040 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
5041 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
5043 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
5045 -- Replace AND by AND THEN if Short_Circuit_And_Or active and the
5046 -- type is standard Boolean (do not mess with AND that uses a non-
5047 -- standard Boolean type, because something strange is going on).
5049 if Short_Circuit_And_Or and then Typ = Standard_Boolean then
5050 Rewrite (N,
5051 Make_And_Then (Sloc (N),
5052 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N)),
5053 Right_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N))));
5054 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5056 -- Otherwise, adjust conditions
5058 else
5059 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
5060 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
5061 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5062 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5063 end if;
5064 end if;
5065 end Expand_N_Op_And;
5067 ------------------------
5068 -- Expand_N_Op_Concat --
5069 ------------------------
5071 procedure Expand_N_Op_Concat (N : Node_Id) is
5072 Opnds : List_Id;
5073 -- List of operands to be concatenated
5075 Cnode : Node_Id;
5076 -- Node which is to be replaced by the result of concatenating the nodes
5077 -- in the list Opnds.
5079 begin
5080 -- Ensure validity of both operands
5082 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5084 -- If we are the left operand of a concatenation higher up the tree,
5085 -- then do nothing for now, since we want to deal with a series of
5086 -- concatenations as a unit.
5088 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Concat
5089 and then N = Left_Opnd (Parent (N))
5090 then
5091 return;
5092 end if;
5094 -- We get here with a concatenation whose left operand may be a
5095 -- concatenation itself with a consistent type. We need to process
5096 -- these concatenation operands from left to right, which means
5097 -- from the deepest node in the tree to the highest node.
5099 Cnode := N;
5100 while Nkind (Left_Opnd (Cnode)) = N_Op_Concat loop
5101 Cnode := Left_Opnd (Cnode);
5102 end loop;
5104 -- Now Opnd is the deepest Opnd, and its parents are the concatenation
5105 -- nodes above, so now we process bottom up, doing the operations. We
5106 -- gather a string that is as long as possible up to five operands
5108 -- The outer loop runs more than once if more than one concatenation
5109 -- type is involved.
5111 Outer : loop
5112 Opnds := New_List (Left_Opnd (Cnode), Right_Opnd (Cnode));
5113 Set_Parent (Opnds, N);
5115 -- The inner loop gathers concatenation operands
5117 Inner : while Cnode /= N
5118 and then Base_Type (Etype (Cnode)) =
5119 Base_Type (Etype (Parent (Cnode)))
5120 loop
5121 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
5122 Append (Right_Opnd (Cnode), Opnds);
5123 end loop Inner;
5125 Expand_Concatenate (Cnode, Opnds);
5127 exit Outer when Cnode = N;
5128 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
5129 end loop Outer;
5130 end Expand_N_Op_Concat;
5132 ------------------------
5133 -- Expand_N_Op_Divide --
5134 ------------------------
5136 procedure Expand_N_Op_Divide (N : Node_Id) is
5137 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5138 Lopnd : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5139 Ropnd : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5140 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lopnd);
5141 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Ropnd);
5142 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5143 Rknow : constant Boolean := Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
5144 and then
5145 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Ropnd);
5146 Rval : Uint;
5148 begin
5149 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5151 if Rknow then
5152 Rval := Expr_Value (Ropnd);
5153 end if;
5155 -- N / 1 = N for integer types
5157 if Rknow and then Rval = Uint_1 then
5158 Rewrite (N, Lopnd);
5159 return;
5160 end if;
5162 -- Convert x / 2 ** y to Shift_Right (x, y). Note that the fact that
5163 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
5164 -- operand is an unsigned integer, as required for this to work.
5166 if Nkind (Ropnd) = N_Op_Expon
5167 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Ropnd)
5169 -- We cannot do this transformation in configurable run time mode if we
5170 -- have 64-bit -- integers and long shifts are not available.
5172 and then
5173 (Esize (Ltyp) <= 32
5174 or else Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target)
5175 then
5176 Rewrite (N,
5177 Make_Op_Shift_Right (Loc,
5178 Left_Opnd => Lopnd,
5179 Right_Opnd =>
5180 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Ropnd))));
5181 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5182 return;
5183 end if;
5185 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
5187 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
5188 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
5189 Typ := Etype (N);
5190 end if;
5192 -- Divisions with fixed-point results
5194 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
5196 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since
5197 -- from a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
5198 -- operations and will be treated that way.
5200 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
5201 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
5202 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
5203 else
5204 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
5205 end if;
5206 end if;
5208 -- Other cases of division of fixed-point operands. Again we exclude the
5209 -- case where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set.
5211 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else
5212 Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
5213 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
5214 then
5215 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5216 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
5217 else
5218 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
5219 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
5220 end if;
5222 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
5223 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
5225 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
5226 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
5227 then
5228 Rewrite (Ropnd,
5229 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Ropnd)));
5231 Analyze_And_Resolve (Ropnd, Universal_Real);
5233 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
5234 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
5235 then
5236 Rewrite (Lopnd,
5237 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lopnd)));
5239 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lopnd, Universal_Real);
5241 -- Non-fixed point cases, do integer zero divide and overflow checks
5243 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5244 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
5246 -- Check for 64-bit division available, or long shifts if the divisor
5247 -- is a small power of 2 (since such divides will be converted into
5248 -- long shifts).
5250 if Esize (Ltyp) > 32
5251 and then not Support_64_Bit_Divides_On_Target
5252 and then
5253 (not Rknow
5254 or else not Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target
5255 or else (Rval /= Uint_2 and then
5256 Rval /= Uint_4 and then
5257 Rval /= Uint_8 and then
5258 Rval /= Uint_16 and then
5259 Rval /= Uint_32 and then
5260 Rval /= Uint_64))
5261 then
5262 Error_Msg_CRT ("64-bit division", N);
5263 end if;
5265 -- Deal with Vax_Float
5267 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
5268 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5269 return;
5270 end if;
5271 end Expand_N_Op_Divide;
5273 --------------------
5274 -- Expand_N_Op_Eq --
5275 --------------------
5277 procedure Expand_N_Op_Eq (N : Node_Id) is
5278 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5279 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5280 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5281 Rhs : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5282 Bodies : constant List_Id := New_List;
5283 A_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lhs);
5285 Typl : Entity_Id := A_Typ;
5286 Op_Name : Entity_Id;
5287 Prim : Elmt_Id;
5289 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id);
5290 -- If a constructed equality exists for the type or for its parent,
5291 -- build and analyze call, adding conversions if the operation is
5292 -- inherited.
5294 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5295 -- Determines whether a type has a subcomponent of an unconstrained
5296 -- Unchecked_Union subtype. Typ is a record type.
5298 -------------------------
5299 -- Build_Equality_Call --
5300 -------------------------
5302 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id) is
5303 Op_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq));
5304 L_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Lhs);
5305 R_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Rhs);
5307 begin
5308 if Base_Type (Op_Type) /= Base_Type (A_Typ)
5309 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (A_Typ)
5310 then
5311 L_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, L_Exp);
5312 R_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, R_Exp);
5313 end if;
5315 -- If we have an Unchecked_Union, we need to add the inferred
5316 -- discriminant values as actuals in the function call. At this
5317 -- point, the expansion has determined that both operands have
5318 -- inferable discriminants.
5320 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Op_Type) then
5321 declare
5322 Lhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (L_Exp);
5323 Rhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (R_Exp);
5324 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
5325 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
5327 begin
5328 -- Per-object constrained selected components require special
5329 -- attention. If the enclosing scope of the component is an
5330 -- Unchecked_Union, we cannot reference its discriminants
5331 -- directly. This is why we use the two extra parameters of
5332 -- the equality function of the enclosing Unchecked_Union.
5334 -- type UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is
5335 -- . . .
5336 -- end record;
5337 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (UU_Type);
5339 -- 1. Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5341 -- type Enclosing_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is record
5342 -- . . .
5343 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5344 -- . . .
5345 -- end Enclosing_UU_Type;
5346 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (Enclosing_UU_Type);
5348 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_UU_Type;
5349 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_UU_Type (1);
5351 -- [. . .] Obj1 = Obj2 [. . .]
5353 -- Generated code:
5355 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp, a, b)) then
5357 -- A and B are the formal parameters of the equality function
5358 -- of Enclosing_UU_Type. The function always has two extra
5359 -- formals to capture the inferred discriminant values.
5361 -- 2. Non-Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5363 -- type
5364 -- Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0)
5365 -- is record
5366 -- . . .
5367 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5368 -- . . .
5369 -- end Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5371 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5372 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (1);
5374 -- ... Obj1 = Obj2 ...
5376 -- Generated code:
5378 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp,
5379 -- obj1.discr, obj2.discr)) then
5381 -- In this case we can directly reference the discriminants of
5382 -- the enclosing record.
5384 -- Lhs of equality
5386 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
5387 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
5388 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
5389 then
5390 -- Enclosing record is an Unchecked_Union, use formal A
5392 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Scope
5393 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs))))
5394 then
5395 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
5396 Make_Identifier (Loc,
5397 Chars => Name_A);
5399 -- Enclosing record is of a non-Unchecked_Union type, it is
5400 -- possible to reference the discriminant.
5402 else
5403 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
5404 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
5405 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
5406 Selector_Name =>
5407 New_Copy
5408 (Get_Discriminant_Value
5409 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
5410 Lhs_Type,
5411 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
5412 end if;
5414 -- Comment needed here ???
5416 else
5417 -- Infer the discriminant value
5419 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
5420 New_Copy
5421 (Get_Discriminant_Value
5422 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
5423 Lhs_Type,
5424 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
5425 end if;
5427 -- Rhs of equality
5429 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
5430 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
5431 (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
5432 then
5433 if Is_Unchecked_Union
5434 (Scope (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs))))
5435 then
5436 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
5437 Make_Identifier (Loc,
5438 Chars => Name_B);
5440 else
5441 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
5442 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
5443 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
5444 Selector_Name =>
5445 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
5446 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
5447 Rhs_Type,
5448 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
5450 end if;
5451 else
5452 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
5453 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
5454 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
5455 Rhs_Type,
5456 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
5458 end if;
5460 Rewrite (N,
5461 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5462 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
5463 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5464 L_Exp,
5465 R_Exp,
5466 Lhs_Discr_Val,
5467 Rhs_Discr_Val)));
5468 end;
5470 -- Normal case, not an unchecked union
5472 else
5473 Rewrite (N,
5474 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5475 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
5476 Parameter_Associations => New_List (L_Exp, R_Exp)));
5477 end if;
5479 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5480 end Build_Equality_Call;
5482 ------------------------------------
5483 -- Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component --
5484 ------------------------------------
5486 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5487 (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean
5489 Tdef : constant Node_Id :=
5490 Type_Definition (Declaration_Node (Base_Type (Typ)));
5491 Clist : Node_Id;
5492 Vpart : Node_Id;
5494 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5495 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5496 -- Determines whether the subtype of the component is an
5497 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union.
5499 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5500 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5501 -- Determines whether a component of the variant has an unconstrained
5502 -- Unchecked_Union subtype.
5504 -----------------------------------
5505 -- Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5506 -----------------------------------
5508 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5509 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean
5511 begin
5512 if Nkind (Comp) /= N_Component_Declaration then
5513 return False;
5514 end if;
5516 declare
5517 Sindic : constant Node_Id :=
5518 Subtype_Indication (Component_Definition (Comp));
5520 begin
5521 -- Unconstrained nominal type. In the case of a constraint
5522 -- present, the node kind would have been N_Subtype_Indication.
5524 if Nkind (Sindic) = N_Identifier then
5525 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (Sindic)));
5526 end if;
5528 return False;
5529 end;
5530 end Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5532 ---------------------------------
5533 -- Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5534 ---------------------------------
5536 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5537 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean
5539 Clist : constant Node_Id := Component_List (Variant);
5541 begin
5542 if Is_Empty_List (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5543 return False;
5544 end if;
5546 -- We only need to test one component
5548 declare
5549 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5551 begin
5552 while Present (Comp) loop
5553 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5554 return True;
5555 end if;
5557 Next (Comp);
5558 end loop;
5559 end;
5561 -- None of the components withing the variant were of
5562 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union type.
5564 return False;
5565 end Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5567 -- Start of processing for Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5569 begin
5570 if Null_Present (Tdef) then
5571 return False;
5572 end if;
5574 Clist := Component_List (Tdef);
5575 Vpart := Variant_Part (Clist);
5577 -- Inspect available components
5579 if Present (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5580 declare
5581 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5583 begin
5584 while Present (Comp) loop
5586 -- One component is sufficient
5588 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5589 return True;
5590 end if;
5592 Next (Comp);
5593 end loop;
5594 end;
5595 end if;
5597 -- Inspect available components withing variants
5599 if Present (Vpart) then
5600 declare
5601 Variant : Node_Id := First (Variants (Vpart));
5603 begin
5604 while Present (Variant) loop
5606 -- One component within a variant is sufficient
5608 if Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Variant) then
5609 return True;
5610 end if;
5612 Next (Variant);
5613 end loop;
5614 end;
5615 end if;
5617 -- Neither the available components, nor the components inside the
5618 -- variant parts were of an unconstrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
5620 return False;
5621 end Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component;
5623 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Op_Eq
5625 begin
5626 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5628 if Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Type then
5629 Typl := Underlying_Type (Typl);
5630 elsif Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Subtype then
5631 Typl := Underlying_Type (Base_Type (Typl));
5632 else
5633 null;
5634 end if;
5636 -- It may happen in error situations that the underlying type is not
5637 -- set. The error will be detected later, here we just defend the
5638 -- expander code.
5640 if No (Typl) then
5641 return;
5642 end if;
5644 Typl := Base_Type (Typl);
5646 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
5648 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typl) then
5649 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
5650 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
5651 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5652 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5654 -- Array types
5656 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typl) then
5658 -- If we are doing full validity checking, and it is possible for the
5659 -- array elements to be invalid then expand out array comparisons to
5660 -- make sure that we check the array elements.
5662 if Validity_Check_Operands
5663 and then not Is_Known_Valid (Component_Type (Typl))
5664 then
5665 declare
5666 Save_Force_Validity_Checks : constant Boolean :=
5667 Force_Validity_Checks;
5668 begin
5669 Force_Validity_Checks := True;
5670 Rewrite (N,
5671 Expand_Array_Equality
5673 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5674 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5675 Bodies,
5676 Typl));
5677 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies);
5678 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
5679 Force_Validity_Checks := Save_Force_Validity_Checks;
5680 end;
5682 -- Packed case where both operands are known aligned
5684 elsif Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typl)
5685 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5686 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5687 then
5688 Expand_Packed_Eq (N);
5690 -- Where the component type is elementary we can use a block bit
5691 -- comparison (if supported on the target) exception in the case
5692 -- of floating-point (negative zero issues require element by
5693 -- element comparison), and atomic types (where we must be sure
5694 -- to load elements independently) and possibly unaligned arrays.
5696 elsif Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5697 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5698 and then not Is_Atomic (Component_Type (Typl))
5699 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5700 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5701 and then Support_Composite_Compare_On_Target
5702 then
5703 null;
5705 -- For composite and floating-point cases, expand equality loop to
5706 -- make sure of using proper comparisons for tagged types, and
5707 -- correctly handling the floating-point case.
5709 else
5710 Rewrite (N,
5711 Expand_Array_Equality
5713 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5714 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5715 Bodies,
5716 Typl));
5717 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5718 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5719 end if;
5721 -- Record Types
5723 elsif Is_Record_Type (Typl) then
5725 -- For tagged types, use the primitive "="
5727 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typl) then
5729 -- No need to do anything else compiling under restriction
5730 -- No_Dispatching_Calls. During the semantic analysis we
5731 -- already notified such violation.
5733 if Restriction_Active (No_Dispatching_Calls) then
5734 return;
5735 end if;
5737 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with
5738 -- a tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the
5739 -- primitive operations of the private type. This check should no
5740 -- longer be necessary when these types get their full views???
5742 if Is_Private_Type (A_Typ)
5743 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (A_Typ)
5744 and then Is_Derived_Type (A_Typ)
5745 and then No (Full_View (A_Typ))
5746 then
5747 -- Search for equality operation, checking that the operands
5748 -- have the same type. Note that we must find a matching entry,
5749 -- or something is very wrong!
5751 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (A_Typ));
5753 while Present (Prim) loop
5754 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5755 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5756 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5757 and then
5758 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5760 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5761 end loop;
5763 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5764 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5766 -- Find the type's predefined equality or an overriding
5767 -- user- defined equality. The reason for not simply calling
5768 -- Find_Prim_Op here is that there may be a user-defined
5769 -- overloaded equality op that precedes the equality that we want,
5770 -- so we have to explicitly search (e.g., there could be an
5771 -- equality with two different parameter types).
5773 else
5774 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Typl) then
5775 Typl := Root_Type (Typl);
5776 end if;
5778 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Typl));
5779 while Present (Prim) loop
5780 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5781 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5782 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5783 and then
5784 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5786 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5787 end loop;
5789 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5790 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5791 end if;
5793 Build_Equality_Call (Op_Name);
5795 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating the
5796 -- predefined equality operator for a type which has a subcomponent
5797 -- of an Unchecked_Union type whose nominal subtype is unconstrained.
5799 elsif Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typl) then
5800 Insert_Action (N,
5801 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5802 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5804 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
5805 -- equality as a standard False.
5807 Rewrite (N,
5808 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5810 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Typl) then
5812 -- If we can infer the discriminants of the operands, we make a
5813 -- call to the TSS equality function.
5815 if Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lhs)
5816 and then
5817 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Rhs)
5818 then
5819 Build_Equality_Call
5820 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5822 else
5823 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
5824 -- the predefined equality operator for an Unchecked_Union type
5825 -- if either of the operands lack inferable discriminants.
5827 Insert_Action (N,
5828 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5829 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5831 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
5832 -- the equality as a standard False.
5834 Rewrite (N,
5835 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5837 end if;
5839 -- If a type support function is present (for complex cases), use it
5841 elsif Present (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality)) then
5842 Build_Equality_Call
5843 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5845 -- Otherwise expand the component by component equality. Note that
5846 -- we never use block-bit comparisons for records, because of the
5847 -- problems with gaps. The backend will often be able to recombine
5848 -- the separate comparisons that we generate here.
5850 else
5851 Remove_Side_Effects (Lhs);
5852 Remove_Side_Effects (Rhs);
5853 Rewrite (N,
5854 Expand_Record_Equality (N, Typl, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies));
5856 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5857 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5858 end if;
5859 end if;
5861 -- Test if result is known at compile time
5863 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5865 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
5867 if Vax_Float (Typl) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5868 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5869 return;
5870 end if;
5871 end Expand_N_Op_Eq;
5873 -----------------------
5874 -- Expand_N_Op_Expon --
5875 -----------------------
5877 procedure Expand_N_Op_Expon (N : Node_Id) is
5878 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5879 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5880 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Typ);
5881 Base : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
5882 Bastyp : constant Node_Id := Etype (Base);
5883 Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
5884 Exptyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Exp);
5885 Ovflo : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
5886 Expv : Uint;
5887 Xnode : Node_Id;
5888 Temp : Node_Id;
5889 Rent : RE_Id;
5890 Ent : Entity_Id;
5891 Etyp : Entity_Id;
5893 begin
5894 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5896 -- If either operand is of a private type, then we have the use of an
5897 -- intrinsic operator, and we get rid of the privateness, by using root
5898 -- types of underlying types for the actual operation. Otherwise the
5899 -- private types will cause trouble if we expand multiplications or
5900 -- shifts etc. We also do this transformation if the result type is
5901 -- different from the base type.
5903 if Is_Private_Type (Etype (Base))
5904 or else
5905 Is_Private_Type (Typ)
5906 or else
5907 Is_Private_Type (Exptyp)
5908 or else
5909 Rtyp /= Root_Type (Bastyp)
5910 then
5911 declare
5912 Bt : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Bastyp));
5913 Et : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Exptyp));
5915 begin
5916 Rewrite (N,
5917 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
5918 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
5919 Left_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Bt, Base),
5920 Right_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Et, Exp))));
5921 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5922 return;
5923 end;
5924 end if;
5926 -- Test for case of known right argument
5928 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Exp) then
5929 Expv := Expr_Value (Exp);
5931 -- We only fold small non-negative exponents. You might think we
5932 -- could fold small negative exponents for the real case, but we
5933 -- can't because we are required to raise Constraint_Error for
5934 -- the case of 0.0 ** (negative) even if Machine_Overflows = False.
5935 -- See ACVC test C4A012B.
5937 if Expv >= 0 and then Expv <= 4 then
5939 -- X ** 0 = 1 (or 1.0)
5941 if Expv = 0 then
5943 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects
5944 -- in the ignored left operand (in particular function calls
5945 -- to user defined functions) are properly executed.
5947 Remove_Side_Effects (Base);
5949 if Ekind (Typ) in Integer_Kind then
5950 Xnode := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Intval => 1);
5951 else
5952 Xnode := Make_Real_Literal (Loc, Ureal_1);
5953 end if;
5955 -- X ** 1 = X
5957 elsif Expv = 1 then
5958 Xnode := Base;
5960 -- X ** 2 = X * X
5962 elsif Expv = 2 then
5963 Xnode :=
5964 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5965 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5966 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
5968 -- X ** 3 = X * X * X
5970 elsif Expv = 3 then
5971 Xnode :=
5972 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5973 Left_Opnd =>
5974 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5975 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5976 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)),
5977 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
5979 -- X ** 4 ->
5980 -- En : constant base'type := base * base;
5981 -- ...
5982 -- En * En
5984 else -- Expv = 4
5985 Temp :=
5986 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('E'));
5988 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
5989 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
5990 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
5991 Constant_Present => True,
5992 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc),
5993 Expression =>
5994 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5995 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5996 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)))));
5998 Xnode :=
5999 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6000 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc),
6001 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
6002 end if;
6004 Rewrite (N, Xnode);
6005 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6006 return;
6007 end if;
6008 end if;
6010 -- Case of (2 ** expression) appearing as an argument of an integer
6011 -- multiplication, or as the right argument of a division of a non-
6012 -- negative integer. In such cases we leave the node untouched, setting
6013 -- the flag Is_Natural_Power_Of_2_for_Shift set, then the expansion
6014 -- of the higher level node converts it into a shift.
6016 -- Note: this transformation is not applicable for a modular type with
6017 -- a non-binary modulus in the multiplication case, since we get a wrong
6018 -- result if the shift causes an overflow before the modular reduction.
6020 if Nkind (Base) = N_Integer_Literal
6021 and then Intval (Base) = 2
6022 and then Is_Integer_Type (Root_Type (Exptyp))
6023 and then Esize (Root_Type (Exptyp)) <= Esize (Standard_Integer)
6024 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Exptyp)
6025 and then not Ovflo
6026 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
6027 then
6028 declare
6029 P : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
6030 L : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (P);
6031 R : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (P);
6033 begin
6034 if (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Multiply
6035 and then not Non_Binary_Modulus (Typ)
6036 and then
6037 ((Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L)) and then R = N)
6038 or else
6039 (Is_Integer_Type (Etype (R)) and then L = N))
6040 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
6042 or else
6043 (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Divide
6044 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L))
6045 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Etype (L))
6046 and then R = N
6047 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
6048 then
6049 Set_Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (N);
6050 return;
6051 end if;
6052 end;
6053 end if;
6055 -- Fall through if exponentiation must be done using a runtime routine
6057 -- First deal with modular case
6059 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6061 -- Non-binary case, we call the special exponentiation routine for
6062 -- the non-binary case, converting the argument to Long_Long_Integer
6063 -- and passing the modulus value. Then the result is converted back
6064 -- to the base type.
6066 if Non_Binary_Modulus (Rtyp) then
6067 Rewrite (N,
6068 Convert_To (Typ,
6069 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6070 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Exp_Modular), Loc),
6071 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
6072 Convert_To (Standard_Integer, Base),
6073 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp)),
6074 Exp))));
6076 -- Binary case, in this case, we call one of two routines, either the
6077 -- unsigned integer case, or the unsigned long long integer case,
6078 -- with a final "and" operation to do the required mod.
6080 else
6081 if UI_To_Int (Esize (Rtyp)) <= Standard_Integer_Size then
6082 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Unsigned);
6083 else
6084 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Long_Long_Unsigned);
6085 end if;
6087 Rewrite (N,
6088 Convert_To (Typ,
6089 Make_Op_And (Loc,
6090 Left_Opnd =>
6091 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6092 Name => New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc),
6093 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
6094 Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Ent)), Base),
6095 Exp)),
6096 Right_Opnd =>
6097 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp) - 1))));
6099 end if;
6101 -- Common exit point for modular type case
6103 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6104 return;
6106 -- Signed integer cases, done using either Integer or Long_Long_Integer.
6107 -- It is not worth having routines for Short_[Short_]Integer, since for
6108 -- most machines it would not help, and it would generate more code that
6109 -- might need certification when a certified run time is required.
6111 -- In the integer cases, we have two routines, one for when overflow
6112 -- checks are required, and one when they are not required, since there
6113 -- is a real gain in omitting checks on many machines.
6115 elsif Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Long_Integer)
6116 or else (Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Integer)
6117 and then
6118 Esize (Standard_Long_Integer) > Esize (Standard_Integer))
6119 or else (Rtyp = Universal_Integer)
6120 then
6121 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
6123 if Ovflo then
6124 Rent := RE_Exp_Long_Long_Integer;
6125 else
6126 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Integer;
6127 end if;
6129 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6130 Etyp := Standard_Integer;
6132 if Ovflo then
6133 Rent := RE_Exp_Integer;
6134 else
6135 Rent := RE_Exn_Integer;
6136 end if;
6138 -- Floating-point cases, always done using Long_Long_Float. We do not
6139 -- need separate routines for the overflow case here, since in the case
6140 -- of floating-point, we generate infinities anyway as a rule (either
6141 -- that or we automatically trap overflow), and if there is an infinity
6142 -- generated and a range check is required, the check will fail anyway.
6144 else
6145 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Rtyp));
6146 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Float;
6147 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Float;
6148 end if;
6150 -- Common processing for integer cases and floating-point cases.
6151 -- If we are in the right type, we can call runtime routine directly
6153 if Typ = Etyp
6154 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Integer
6155 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Real
6156 then
6157 Rewrite (N,
6158 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6159 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
6160 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Base, Exp)));
6162 -- Otherwise we have to introduce conversions (conversions are also
6163 -- required in the universal cases, since the runtime routine is
6164 -- typed using one of the standard types).
6166 else
6167 Rewrite (N,
6168 Convert_To (Typ,
6169 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6170 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
6171 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
6172 Convert_To (Etyp, Base),
6173 Exp))));
6174 end if;
6176 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6177 return;
6179 exception
6180 when RE_Not_Available =>
6181 return;
6182 end Expand_N_Op_Expon;
6184 --------------------
6185 -- Expand_N_Op_Ge --
6186 --------------------
6188 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ge (N : Node_Id) is
6189 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6190 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6191 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6192 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6194 begin
6195 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6197 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6198 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6199 return;
6200 end if;
6202 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6203 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6204 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6205 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6206 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6207 end if;
6209 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6211 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6213 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6214 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6215 return;
6216 end if;
6217 end Expand_N_Op_Ge;
6219 --------------------
6220 -- Expand_N_Op_Gt --
6221 --------------------
6223 procedure Expand_N_Op_Gt (N : Node_Id) is
6224 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6225 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6226 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6227 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6229 begin
6230 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6232 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6233 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6234 return;
6235 end if;
6237 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6238 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6239 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6240 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6241 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6242 end if;
6244 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6246 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6248 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6249 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6250 return;
6251 end if;
6252 end Expand_N_Op_Gt;
6254 --------------------
6255 -- Expand_N_Op_Le --
6256 --------------------
6258 procedure Expand_N_Op_Le (N : Node_Id) is
6259 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6260 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6261 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6262 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6264 begin
6265 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6267 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6268 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6269 return;
6270 end if;
6272 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6273 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6274 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6275 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6276 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6277 end if;
6279 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6281 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6283 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6284 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6285 return;
6286 end if;
6287 end Expand_N_Op_Le;
6289 --------------------
6290 -- Expand_N_Op_Lt --
6291 --------------------
6293 procedure Expand_N_Op_Lt (N : Node_Id) is
6294 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6295 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6296 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6297 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6299 begin
6300 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6302 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6303 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6304 return;
6305 end if;
6307 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6308 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6309 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6310 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6311 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6312 end if;
6314 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6316 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6318 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6319 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6320 return;
6321 end if;
6322 end Expand_N_Op_Lt;
6324 -----------------------
6325 -- Expand_N_Op_Minus --
6326 -----------------------
6328 procedure Expand_N_Op_Minus (N : Node_Id) is
6329 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6330 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6332 begin
6333 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6335 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
6336 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
6337 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
6338 then
6339 -- Software overflow checking expands -expr into (0 - expr)
6341 Rewrite (N,
6342 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
6343 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0),
6344 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6346 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6348 -- Vax floating-point types case
6350 elsif Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
6351 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6352 end if;
6353 end Expand_N_Op_Minus;
6355 ---------------------
6356 -- Expand_N_Op_Mod --
6357 ---------------------
6359 procedure Expand_N_Op_Mod (N : Node_Id) is
6360 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6361 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6362 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6363 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6364 DOC : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
6365 DDC : constant Boolean := Do_Division_Check (N);
6367 LLB : Uint;
6368 Llo : Uint;
6369 Lhi : Uint;
6370 LOK : Boolean;
6371 Rlo : Uint;
6372 Rhi : Uint;
6373 ROK : Boolean;
6375 pragma Warnings (Off, Lhi);
6377 begin
6378 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6380 Determine_Range (Right, ROK, Rlo, Rhi, Assume_Valid => True);
6381 Determine_Range (Left, LOK, Llo, Lhi, Assume_Valid => True);
6383 -- Convert mod to rem if operands are known non-negative. We do this
6384 -- since it is quite likely that this will improve the quality of code,
6385 -- (the operation now corresponds to the hardware remainder), and it
6386 -- does not seem likely that it could be harmful.
6388 if LOK and then Llo >= 0
6389 and then
6390 ROK and then Rlo >= 0
6391 then
6392 Rewrite (N,
6393 Make_Op_Rem (Sloc (N),
6394 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
6395 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6397 -- Instead of reanalyzing the node we do the analysis manually. This
6398 -- avoids anomalies when the replacement is done in an instance and
6399 -- is epsilon more efficient.
6401 Set_Entity (N, Standard_Entity (S_Op_Rem));
6402 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
6403 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, DOC);
6404 Set_Do_Division_Check (N, DDC);
6405 Expand_N_Op_Rem (N);
6406 Set_Analyzed (N);
6408 -- Otherwise, normal mod processing
6410 else
6411 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6412 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
6413 end if;
6415 -- Apply optimization x mod 1 = 0. We don't really need that with
6416 -- gcc, but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is
6417 -- certainly harmless.
6419 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
6420 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
6421 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
6422 then
6423 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
6424 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
6425 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
6427 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
6429 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
6430 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6431 return;
6432 end if;
6434 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder
6435 -- minus one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because
6436 -- it generates a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
6438 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
6439 -- the mod value is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
6440 -- completely in this case.
6442 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an
6443 -- intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to get the
6444 -- bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
6446 LLB :=
6447 Expr_Value
6448 (Type_Low_Bound (Base_Type (Underlying_Type (Etype (Left)))));
6450 if ((not ROK) or else (Rlo <= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi))
6451 and then
6452 ((not LOK) or else (Llo = LLB))
6453 then
6454 Rewrite (N,
6455 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
6456 Expressions => New_List (
6457 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6458 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
6459 Right_Opnd =>
6460 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6461 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
6462 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6463 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
6464 Relocate_Node (N))));
6466 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
6467 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6468 end if;
6469 end if;
6470 end Expand_N_Op_Mod;
6472 --------------------------
6473 -- Expand_N_Op_Multiply --
6474 --------------------------
6476 procedure Expand_N_Op_Multiply (N : Node_Id) is
6477 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6478 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6479 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6481 Lp2 : constant Boolean :=
6482 Nkind (Lop) = N_Op_Expon
6483 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Lop);
6485 Rp2 : constant Boolean :=
6486 Nkind (Rop) = N_Op_Expon
6487 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Rop);
6489 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
6490 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
6491 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6493 begin
6494 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6496 -- Special optimizations for integer types
6498 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
6500 -- N * 0 = 0 for integer types
6502 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
6503 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_0
6504 then
6505 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
6506 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
6507 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
6509 Remove_Side_Effects (Lop);
6511 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
6512 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6513 return;
6514 end if;
6516 -- Similar handling for 0 * N = 0
6518 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
6519 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_0
6520 then
6521 Remove_Side_Effects (Rop);
6522 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
6523 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6524 return;
6525 end if;
6527 -- N * 1 = 1 * N = N for integer types
6529 -- This optimisation is not done if we are going to
6530 -- rewrite the product 1 * 2 ** N to a shift.
6532 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
6533 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_1
6534 and then not Lp2
6535 then
6536 Rewrite (N, Lop);
6537 return;
6539 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
6540 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_1
6541 and then not Rp2
6542 then
6543 Rewrite (N, Rop);
6544 return;
6545 end if;
6546 end if;
6548 -- Convert x * 2 ** y to Shift_Left (x, y). Note that the fact that
6549 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
6550 -- operand is an integer, as required for this to work.
6552 if Rp2 then
6553 if Lp2 then
6555 -- Convert 2 ** A * 2 ** B into 2 ** (A + B)
6557 Rewrite (N,
6558 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
6559 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2),
6560 Right_Opnd =>
6561 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
6562 Left_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Lop),
6563 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Rop))));
6564 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6565 return;
6567 else
6568 Rewrite (N,
6569 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6570 Left_Opnd => Lop,
6571 Right_Opnd =>
6572 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Rop))));
6573 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6574 return;
6575 end if;
6577 -- Same processing for the operands the other way round
6579 elsif Lp2 then
6580 Rewrite (N,
6581 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6582 Left_Opnd => Rop,
6583 Right_Opnd =>
6584 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Lop))));
6585 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6586 return;
6587 end if;
6589 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
6591 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
6592 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
6593 Typ := Etype (N);
6594 end if;
6596 -- Multiplications with fixed-point results
6598 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
6600 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since from
6601 -- a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
6602 -- operations and will be treated that way.
6604 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
6606 -- Case of fixed * integer => fixed
6608 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6609 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
6611 -- Case of integer * fixed => fixed
6613 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp) then
6614 Expand_Multiply_Integer_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6616 -- Case of fixed * fixed => fixed
6618 else
6619 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6620 end if;
6621 end if;
6623 -- Other cases of multiplication of fixed-point operands. Again we
6624 -- exclude the cases where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer flag is set.
6626 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
6627 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
6628 then
6629 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
6630 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
6631 else
6632 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
6633 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
6634 end if;
6636 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
6637 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
6639 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6640 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
6641 then
6642 Rewrite (Rop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Rop)));
6644 Analyze_And_Resolve (Rop, Universal_Real);
6646 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6647 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
6648 then
6649 Rewrite (Lop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lop)));
6651 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lop, Universal_Real);
6653 -- Non-fixed point cases, check software overflow checking required
6655 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6656 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
6658 -- Deal with VAX float case
6660 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
6661 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6662 return;
6663 end if;
6664 end Expand_N_Op_Multiply;
6666 --------------------
6667 -- Expand_N_Op_Ne --
6668 --------------------
6670 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ne (N : Node_Id) is
6671 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Left_Opnd (N));
6673 begin
6674 -- Case of elementary type with standard operator
6676 if Is_Elementary_Type (Typ)
6677 and then Sloc (Entity (N)) = Standard_Location
6678 then
6679 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6681 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
6683 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6684 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6685 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6686 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6687 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6688 end if;
6690 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6692 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
6694 if Vax_Float (Typ) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6695 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6696 return;
6697 end if;
6699 -- For all cases other than elementary types, we rewrite node as the
6700 -- negation of an equality operation, and reanalyze. The equality to be
6701 -- used is defined in the same scope and has the same signature. This
6702 -- signature must be set explicitly since in an instance it may not have
6703 -- the same visibility as in the generic unit. This avoids duplicating
6704 -- or factoring the complex code for record/array equality tests etc.
6706 else
6707 declare
6708 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6709 Neg : Node_Id;
6710 Ne : constant Entity_Id := Entity (N);
6712 begin
6713 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6715 Neg :=
6716 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
6717 Right_Opnd =>
6718 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6719 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
6720 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6721 Set_Paren_Count (Right_Opnd (Neg), 1);
6723 if Scope (Ne) /= Standard_Standard then
6724 Set_Entity (Right_Opnd (Neg), Corresponding_Equality (Ne));
6725 end if;
6727 -- For navigation purposes, the inequality is treated as an
6728 -- implicit reference to the corresponding equality. Preserve the
6729 -- Comes_From_ source flag so that the proper Xref entry is
6730 -- generated.
6732 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Neg, N);
6733 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (Neg), N);
6734 Rewrite (N, Neg);
6735 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
6736 end;
6737 end if;
6738 end Expand_N_Op_Ne;
6740 ---------------------
6741 -- Expand_N_Op_Not --
6742 ---------------------
6744 -- If the argument is other than a Boolean array type, there is no special
6745 -- expansion required.
6747 -- For the packed case, we call the special routine in Exp_Pakd, except
6748 -- that if the component size is greater than one, we use the standard
6749 -- routine generating a gruesome loop (it is so peculiar to have packed
6750 -- arrays with non-standard Boolean representations anyway, so it does not
6751 -- matter that we do not handle this case efficiently).
6753 -- For the unpacked case (and for the special packed case where we have non
6754 -- standard Booleans, as discussed above), we generate and insert into the
6755 -- tree the following function definition:
6757 -- function Nnnn (A : arr) is
6758 -- B : arr;
6759 -- begin
6760 -- for J in a'range loop
6761 -- B (J) := not A (J);
6762 -- end loop;
6763 -- return B;
6764 -- end Nnnn;
6766 -- Here arr is the actual subtype of the parameter (and hence always
6767 -- constrained). Then we replace the not with a call to this function.
6769 procedure Expand_N_Op_Not (N : Node_Id) is
6770 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6771 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6772 Opnd : Node_Id;
6773 Arr : Entity_Id;
6774 A : Entity_Id;
6775 B : Entity_Id;
6776 J : Entity_Id;
6777 A_J : Node_Id;
6778 B_J : Node_Id;
6780 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
6781 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
6783 begin
6784 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6786 -- For boolean operand, deal with non-standard booleans
6788 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6789 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6790 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6791 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6792 return;
6793 end if;
6795 -- Only array types need any other processing
6797 if not Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
6798 return;
6799 end if;
6801 -- Case of array operand. If bit packed with a component size of 1,
6802 -- handle it in Exp_Pakd if the operand is known to be aligned.
6804 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
6805 and then Component_Size (Typ) = 1
6806 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
6807 then
6808 Expand_Packed_Not (N);
6809 return;
6810 end if;
6812 -- Case of array operand which is not bit-packed. If the context is
6813 -- a safe assignment, call in-place operation, If context is a larger
6814 -- boolean expression in the context of a safe assignment, expansion is
6815 -- done by enclosing operation.
6817 Opnd := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
6818 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (Opnd);
6819 Arr := Etype (Opnd);
6820 Ensure_Defined (Arr, N);
6821 Silly_Boolean_Array_Not_Test (N, Arr);
6823 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
6824 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), N, Empty) then
6825 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6826 return;
6828 -- Special case the negation of a binary operation
6830 elsif Nkind_In (Opnd, N_Op_And, N_Op_Or, N_Op_Xor)
6831 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
6832 (Name (Parent (N)), Left_Opnd (Opnd), Right_Opnd (Opnd))
6833 then
6834 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6835 return;
6836 end if;
6838 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
6839 and then Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
6840 then
6841 declare
6842 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (Parent (N));
6843 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (Parent (N));
6844 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (Parent (N)));
6846 begin
6847 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Lhs, Op1, Op2) then
6848 if N = Op1
6849 and then Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not
6850 then
6851 -- (not A) op (not B) can be reduced to a single call
6853 return;
6855 elsif N = Op2
6856 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Xor
6857 then
6858 -- A xor (not B) can also be special-cased
6860 return;
6861 end if;
6862 end if;
6863 end;
6864 end if;
6866 A := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
6867 B := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
6868 J := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
6870 A_J :=
6871 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
6872 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
6873 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
6875 B_J :=
6876 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
6877 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
6878 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
6880 Loop_Statement :=
6881 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
6882 Identifier => Empty,
6884 Iteration_Scheme =>
6885 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
6886 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
6887 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
6888 Defining_Identifier => J,
6889 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
6890 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
6891 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
6892 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
6894 Statements => New_List (
6895 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
6896 Name => B_J,
6897 Expression => Make_Op_Not (Loc, A_J))));
6899 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('N'));
6900 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
6902 Insert_Action (N,
6903 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
6904 Specification =>
6905 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
6906 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
6907 Parameter_Specifications => New_List (
6908 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
6909 Defining_Identifier => A,
6910 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
6911 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
6913 Declarations => New_List (
6914 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
6915 Defining_Identifier => B,
6916 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc))),
6918 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
6919 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
6920 Statements => New_List (
6921 Loop_Statement,
6922 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
6923 Expression =>
6924 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)))))));
6926 Rewrite (N,
6927 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6928 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
6929 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Opnd)));
6931 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6932 end Expand_N_Op_Not;
6934 --------------------
6935 -- Expand_N_Op_Or --
6936 --------------------
6938 procedure Expand_N_Op_Or (N : Node_Id) is
6939 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6941 begin
6942 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6944 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
6945 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
6947 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
6949 -- Replace OR by OR ELSE if Short_Circuit_And_Or active and the
6950 -- type is standard Boolean (do not mess with AND that uses a non-
6951 -- standard Boolean type, because something strange is going on).
6953 if Short_Circuit_And_Or and then Typ = Standard_Boolean then
6954 Rewrite (N,
6955 Make_Or_Else (Sloc (N),
6956 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N)),
6957 Right_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N))));
6958 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6960 -- Otherwise, adjust conditions
6962 else
6963 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6964 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6965 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6966 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6967 end if;
6968 end if;
6969 end Expand_N_Op_Or;
6971 ----------------------
6972 -- Expand_N_Op_Plus --
6973 ----------------------
6975 procedure Expand_N_Op_Plus (N : Node_Id) is
6976 begin
6977 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6978 end Expand_N_Op_Plus;
6980 ---------------------
6981 -- Expand_N_Op_Rem --
6982 ---------------------
6984 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rem (N : Node_Id) is
6985 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6986 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6988 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6989 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6991 Lo : Uint;
6992 Hi : Uint;
6993 OK : Boolean;
6995 Lneg : Boolean;
6996 Rneg : Boolean;
6997 -- Set if corresponding operand can be negative
6999 pragma Unreferenced (Hi);
7001 begin
7002 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7004 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
7005 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
7006 end if;
7008 -- Apply optimization x rem 1 = 0. We don't really need that with gcc,
7009 -- but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is certainly
7010 -- harmless.
7012 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
7013 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
7014 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
7015 then
7016 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in the
7017 -- ignored left operand (in particular function calls to user defined
7018 -- functions) are properly executed.
7020 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
7022 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
7023 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7024 return;
7025 end if;
7027 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder minus
7028 -- one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because it generates
7029 -- a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
7031 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
7032 -- the remainder is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
7033 -- completely in this case.
7035 Determine_Range (Right, OK, Lo, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
7036 Lneg := (not OK) or else Lo < 0;
7038 Determine_Range (Left, OK, Lo, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
7039 Rneg := (not OK) or else Lo < 0;
7041 -- We won't mess with trying to find out if the left operand can really
7042 -- be the largest negative number (that's a pain in the case of private
7043 -- types and this is really marginal). We will just assume that we need
7044 -- the test if the left operand can be negative at all.
7046 if Lneg and Rneg then
7047 Rewrite (N,
7048 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
7049 Expressions => New_List (
7050 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
7051 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
7052 Right_Opnd =>
7053 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
7054 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
7056 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
7057 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
7059 Relocate_Node (N))));
7061 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
7062 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7063 end if;
7064 end Expand_N_Op_Rem;
7066 -----------------------------
7067 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left --
7068 -----------------------------
7070 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left (N : Node_Id) is
7071 begin
7072 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7073 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left;
7075 ------------------------------
7076 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right --
7077 ------------------------------
7079 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right (N : Node_Id) is
7080 begin
7081 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7082 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right;
7084 ----------------------------
7085 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left --
7086 ----------------------------
7088 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left (N : Node_Id) is
7089 begin
7090 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7091 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left;
7093 -----------------------------
7094 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right --
7095 -----------------------------
7097 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right (N : Node_Id) is
7098 begin
7099 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7100 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right;
7102 ----------------------------------------
7103 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic --
7104 ----------------------------------------
7106 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic (N : Node_Id) is
7107 begin
7108 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7109 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic;
7111 --------------------------
7112 -- Expand_N_Op_Subtract --
7113 --------------------------
7115 procedure Expand_N_Op_Subtract (N : Node_Id) is
7116 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7118 begin
7119 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7121 -- N - 0 = N for integer types
7123 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
7124 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
7125 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = 0
7126 then
7127 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
7128 return;
7129 end if;
7131 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
7133 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
7134 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
7135 then
7136 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
7138 -- Vax floating-point types case
7140 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
7141 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
7142 end if;
7143 end Expand_N_Op_Subtract;
7145 ---------------------
7146 -- Expand_N_Op_Xor --
7147 ---------------------
7149 procedure Expand_N_Op_Xor (N : Node_Id) is
7150 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7152 begin
7153 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7155 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
7156 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
7158 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
7159 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
7160 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
7161 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
7162 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7163 end if;
7164 end Expand_N_Op_Xor;
7166 ----------------------
7167 -- Expand_N_Or_Else --
7168 ----------------------
7170 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also
7171 -- deal with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
7173 procedure Expand_N_Or_Else (N : Node_Id) is
7174 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7175 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7176 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
7177 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
7178 Actlist : List_Id;
7180 begin
7181 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
7183 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
7184 Adjust_Condition (Left);
7185 Adjust_Condition (Right);
7186 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
7187 end if;
7189 -- Check for cases where left argument is known to be True or False
7191 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left) then
7193 -- If left argument is False, change (False or else Right) to Right.
7194 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
7195 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
7197 if Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_False then
7198 if Present (Actions (N)) then
7199 Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
7200 end if;
7202 Rewrite (N, Right);
7204 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to True. In
7205 -- this case we can forget the actions associated with Right, since
7206 -- they will never be executed.
7208 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_True);
7209 Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
7210 Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
7211 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc));
7212 end if;
7214 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7215 return;
7216 end if;
7218 -- If Actions are present, we expand
7220 -- left or else right
7222 -- into
7224 -- if left then True else right end
7226 -- with the actions becoming the Else_Actions of the conditional
7227 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
7228 -- (and will eventually disappear)
7230 if Present (Actions (N)) then
7231 Actlist := Actions (N);
7232 Rewrite (N,
7233 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
7234 Expressions => New_List (
7235 Left,
7236 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc),
7237 Right)));
7239 Set_Else_Actions (N, Actlist);
7240 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
7241 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7242 return;
7243 end if;
7245 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
7247 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right) then
7249 -- Change (Left or else False) to Left. Note that we know there are
7250 -- no actions associated with the True operand, since we just checked
7251 -- for this case above.
7253 if Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_False then
7254 Rewrite (N, Left);
7256 -- Change (Left or else True) to True, making sure to preserve any
7257 -- side effects associated with the Left operand.
7259 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_True);
7260 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
7261 Rewrite
7262 (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc));
7263 end if;
7264 end if;
7266 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7267 end Expand_N_Or_Else;
7269 -----------------------------------
7270 -- Expand_N_Qualified_Expression --
7271 -----------------------------------
7273 procedure Expand_N_Qualified_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
7274 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7275 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Subtype_Mark (N));
7277 begin
7278 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
7280 if Validity_Checks_On
7281 and then Validity_Check_Operands
7282 then
7283 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
7284 end if;
7286 -- Apply possible constraint check
7288 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type, No_Sliding => True);
7290 if Do_Range_Check (Operand) then
7291 Set_Do_Range_Check (Operand, False);
7292 Generate_Range_Check (Operand, Target_Type, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
7293 end if;
7294 end Expand_N_Qualified_Expression;
7296 ---------------------------------
7297 -- Expand_N_Selected_Component --
7298 ---------------------------------
7300 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a concurrent object, rewrite the
7301 -- prefix to denote the corresponding record type.
7303 procedure Expand_N_Selected_Component (N : Node_Id) is
7304 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7305 Par : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
7306 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
7307 Ptyp : Entity_Id := Underlying_Type (Etype (P));
7308 Disc : Entity_Id;
7309 New_N : Node_Id;
7310 Dcon : Elmt_Id;
7312 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
7313 -- Gigi needs a temporary for prefixes that depend on a discriminant,
7314 -- unless the context of an assignment can provide size information.
7315 -- Don't we have a general routine that does this???
7317 -----------------------
7318 -- In_Left_Hand_Side --
7319 -----------------------
7321 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean is
7322 begin
7323 return (Nkind (Parent (Comp)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7324 and then Comp = Name (Parent (Comp)))
7325 or else (Present (Parent (Comp))
7326 and then Nkind (Parent (Comp)) in N_Subexpr
7327 and then In_Left_Hand_Side (Parent (Comp)));
7328 end In_Left_Hand_Side;
7330 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Selected_Component
7332 begin
7333 -- Insert explicit dereference if required
7335 if Is_Access_Type (Ptyp) then
7336 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
7337 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (Ptyp));
7339 if Ekind (Etype (P)) = E_Private_Subtype
7340 and then Is_For_Access_Subtype (Etype (P))
7341 then
7342 Set_Etype (P, Base_Type (Etype (P)));
7343 end if;
7345 Ptyp := Etype (P);
7346 end if;
7348 -- Deal with discriminant check required
7350 if Do_Discriminant_Check (N) then
7352 -- Present the discriminant checking function to the backend, so that
7353 -- it can inline the call to the function.
7355 Add_Inlined_Body
7356 (Discriminant_Checking_Func
7357 (Original_Record_Component (Entity (Selector_Name (N)))));
7359 -- Now reset the flag and generate the call
7361 Set_Do_Discriminant_Check (N, False);
7362 Generate_Discriminant_Check (N);
7363 end if;
7365 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7366 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7368 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
7369 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
7370 then
7371 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
7372 end if;
7374 -- Gigi cannot handle unchecked conversions that are the prefix of a
7375 -- selected component with discriminants. This must be checked during
7376 -- expansion, because during analysis the type of the selector is not
7377 -- known at the point the prefix is analyzed. If the conversion is the
7378 -- target of an assignment, then we cannot force the evaluation.
7380 if Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
7381 and then Has_Discriminants (Etype (N))
7382 and then not In_Left_Hand_Side (N)
7383 then
7384 Force_Evaluation (Prefix (N));
7385 end if;
7387 -- Remaining processing applies only if selector is a discriminant
7389 if Ekind (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) = E_Discriminant then
7391 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a constrained record type,
7392 -- we may be able to rewrite the expression with the actual value
7393 -- of the discriminant, a useful optimization in some cases.
7395 if Is_Record_Type (Ptyp)
7396 and then Has_Discriminants (Ptyp)
7397 and then Is_Constrained (Ptyp)
7398 then
7399 -- Do this optimization for discrete types only, and not for
7400 -- access types (access discriminants get us into trouble!)
7402 if not Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N)) then
7403 null;
7405 -- Don't do this on the left hand of an assignment statement.
7406 -- Normally one would think that references like this would
7407 -- not occur, but they do in generated code, and mean that
7408 -- we really do want to assign the discriminant!
7410 elsif Nkind (Par) = N_Assignment_Statement
7411 and then Name (Par) = N
7412 then
7413 null;
7415 -- Don't do this optimization for the prefix of an attribute or
7416 -- the operand of an object renaming declaration since these are
7417 -- contexts where we do not want the value anyway.
7419 elsif (Nkind (Par) = N_Attribute_Reference
7420 and then Prefix (Par) = N)
7421 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7422 then
7423 null;
7425 -- Don't do this optimization if we are within the code for a
7426 -- discriminant check, since the whole point of such a check may
7427 -- be to verify the condition on which the code below depends!
7429 elsif Is_In_Discriminant_Check (N) then
7430 null;
7432 -- Green light to see if we can do the optimization. There is
7433 -- still one condition that inhibits the optimization below but
7434 -- now is the time to check the particular discriminant.
7436 else
7437 -- Loop through discriminants to find the matching discriminant
7438 -- constraint to see if we can copy it.
7440 Disc := First_Discriminant (Ptyp);
7441 Dcon := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Ptyp));
7442 Discr_Loop : while Present (Dcon) loop
7444 -- Check if this is the matching discriminant
7446 if Disc = Entity (Selector_Name (N)) then
7448 -- Here we have the matching discriminant. Check for
7449 -- the case of a discriminant of a component that is
7450 -- constrained by an outer discriminant, which cannot
7451 -- be optimized away.
7454 Denotes_Discriminant
7455 (Node (Dcon), Check_Concurrent => True)
7456 then
7457 exit Discr_Loop;
7459 -- In the context of a case statement, the expression may
7460 -- have the base type of the discriminant, and we need to
7461 -- preserve the constraint to avoid spurious errors on
7462 -- missing cases.
7464 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Case_Statement
7465 and then Etype (Node (Dcon)) /= Etype (Disc)
7466 then
7467 Rewrite (N,
7468 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
7469 Subtype_Mark =>
7470 New_Occurrence_Of (Etype (Disc), Loc),
7471 Expression =>
7472 New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon))));
7473 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Etype (Disc));
7475 -- In case that comes out as a static expression,
7476 -- reset it (a selected component is never static).
7478 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
7479 return;
7481 -- Otherwise we can just copy the constraint, but the
7482 -- result is certainly not static! In some cases the
7483 -- discriminant constraint has been analyzed in the
7484 -- context of the original subtype indication, but for
7485 -- itypes the constraint might not have been analyzed
7486 -- yet, and this must be done now.
7488 else
7489 Rewrite (N, New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon)));
7490 Analyze_And_Resolve (N);
7491 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
7492 return;
7493 end if;
7494 end if;
7496 Next_Elmt (Dcon);
7497 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
7498 end loop Discr_Loop;
7500 -- Note: the above loop should always find a matching
7501 -- discriminant, but if it does not, we just missed an
7502 -- optimization due to some glitch (perhaps a previous error),
7503 -- so ignore.
7505 end if;
7506 end if;
7508 -- The only remaining processing is in the case of a discriminant of
7509 -- a concurrent object, where we rewrite the prefix to denote the
7510 -- corresponding record type. If the type is derived and has renamed
7511 -- discriminants, use corresponding discriminant, which is the one
7512 -- that appears in the corresponding record.
7514 if not Is_Concurrent_Type (Ptyp) then
7515 return;
7516 end if;
7518 Disc := Entity (Selector_Name (N));
7520 if Is_Derived_Type (Ptyp)
7521 and then Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc))
7522 then
7523 Disc := Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc);
7524 end if;
7526 New_N :=
7527 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
7528 Prefix =>
7529 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (Ptyp),
7530 New_Copy_Tree (P)),
7531 Selector_Name => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc)));
7533 Rewrite (N, New_N);
7534 Analyze (N);
7535 end if;
7536 end Expand_N_Selected_Component;
7538 --------------------
7539 -- Expand_N_Slice --
7540 --------------------
7542 procedure Expand_N_Slice (N : Node_Id) is
7543 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7544 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7545 Pfx : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
7546 Ptp : Entity_Id := Etype (Pfx);
7548 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
7549 -- Check whether the argument is an actual for a procedure call, in
7550 -- which case the expansion of a bit-packed slice is deferred until the
7551 -- call itself is expanded. The reason this is required is that we might
7552 -- have an IN OUT or OUT parameter, and the copy out is essential, and
7553 -- that copy out would be missed if we created a temporary here in
7554 -- Expand_N_Slice. Note that we don't bother to test specifically for an
7555 -- IN OUT or OUT mode parameter, since it is a bit tricky to do, and it
7556 -- is harmless to defer expansion in the IN case, since the call
7557 -- processing will still generate the appropriate copy in operation,
7558 -- which will take care of the slice.
7560 procedure Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
7561 -- Create a named variable for the value of the slice, in cases where
7562 -- the back-end cannot handle it properly, e.g. when packed types or
7563 -- unaligned slices are involved.
7565 -------------------------
7566 -- Is_Procedure_Actual --
7567 -------------------------
7569 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
7570 Par : Node_Id := Parent (N);
7572 begin
7573 loop
7574 -- If our parent is a procedure call we can return
7576 if Nkind (Par) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement then
7577 return True;
7579 -- If our parent is a type conversion, keep climbing the tree,
7580 -- since a type conversion can be a procedure actual. Also keep
7581 -- climbing if parameter association or a qualified expression,
7582 -- since these are additional cases that do can appear on
7583 -- procedure actuals.
7585 elsif Nkind_In (Par, N_Type_Conversion,
7586 N_Parameter_Association,
7587 N_Qualified_Expression)
7588 then
7589 Par := Parent (Par);
7591 -- Any other case is not what we are looking for
7593 else
7594 return False;
7595 end if;
7596 end loop;
7597 end Is_Procedure_Actual;
7599 ------------------------------
7600 -- Make_Temporary_For_Slice --
7601 ------------------------------
7603 procedure Make_Temporary_For_Slice is
7604 Decl : Node_Id;
7605 Ent : constant Entity_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T', N);
7606 begin
7607 Decl :=
7608 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7609 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
7610 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc));
7612 Set_No_Initialization (Decl);
7614 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
7615 Decl,
7616 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7617 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
7618 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))));
7620 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc));
7621 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7622 end Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
7624 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Slice
7626 begin
7627 -- Special handling for access types
7629 if Is_Access_Type (Ptp) then
7631 Ptp := Designated_Type (Ptp);
7633 Rewrite (Pfx,
7634 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Sloc (N),
7635 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Pfx)));
7637 Analyze_And_Resolve (Pfx, Ptp);
7638 end if;
7640 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7641 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7643 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
7644 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Pfx)
7645 then
7646 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (Pfx);
7647 end if;
7649 -- The remaining case to be handled is packed slices. We can leave
7650 -- packed slices as they are in the following situations:
7652 -- 1. Right or left side of an assignment (we can handle this
7653 -- situation correctly in the assignment statement expansion).
7655 -- 2. Prefix of indexed component (the slide is optimized away in this
7656 -- case, see the start of Expand_N_Slice.)
7658 -- 3. Object renaming declaration, since we want the name of the
7659 -- slice, not the value.
7661 -- 4. Argument to procedure call, since copy-in/copy-out handling may
7662 -- be required, and this is handled in the expansion of call
7663 -- itself.
7665 -- 5. Prefix of an address attribute (this is an error which is caught
7666 -- elsewhere, and the expansion would interfere with generating the
7667 -- error message).
7669 if not Is_Packed (Typ) then
7671 -- Apply transformation for actuals of a function call, where
7672 -- Expand_Actuals is not used.
7674 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Function_Call
7675 and then Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Slice (N)
7676 then
7677 Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
7678 end if;
7680 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7681 or else (Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
7682 and then Parent (N) = Name (Parent (Parent (N))))
7683 then
7684 return;
7686 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Indexed_Component
7687 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7688 or else Is_Procedure_Actual (N)
7689 then
7690 return;
7692 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7693 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Address
7694 then
7695 return;
7697 else
7698 Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
7699 end if;
7700 end Expand_N_Slice;
7702 ------------------------------
7703 -- Expand_N_Type_Conversion --
7704 ------------------------------
7706 procedure Expand_N_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
7707 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7708 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7709 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7710 Operand_Type : Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7712 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation;
7713 -- This is called in the case of record and array type conversions to
7714 -- see if there is a change of representation to be handled. Change of
7715 -- representation is actually handled at the assignment statement level,
7716 -- and what this procedure does is rewrite node N conversion as an
7717 -- assignment to temporary. If there is no change of representation,
7718 -- then the conversion node is unchanged.
7720 procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error;
7721 -- Called when we know that an accessibility check will fail. Rewrites
7722 -- node N to an appropriate raise statement and outputs warning msgs.
7723 -- The Etype of the raise node is set to Target_Type.
7725 procedure Real_Range_Check;
7726 -- Handles generation of range check for real target value
7728 -----------------------------------
7729 -- Handle_Changed_Representation --
7730 -----------------------------------
7732 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation is
7733 Temp : Entity_Id;
7734 Decl : Node_Id;
7735 Odef : Node_Id;
7736 Disc : Node_Id;
7737 N_Ix : Node_Id;
7738 Cons : List_Id;
7740 begin
7742 -- Nothing else to do if no change of representation
7744 if Same_Representation (Operand_Type, Target_Type) then
7745 return;
7747 -- The real change of representation work is done by the assignment
7748 -- statement processing. So if this type conversion is appearing as
7749 -- the expression of an assignment statement, nothing needs to be
7750 -- done to the conversion.
7752 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
7753 return;
7755 -- Otherwise we need to generate a temporary variable, and do the
7756 -- change of representation assignment into that temporary variable.
7757 -- The conversion is then replaced by a reference to this variable.
7759 else
7760 Cons := No_List;
7762 -- If type is unconstrained we have to add a constraint, copied
7763 -- from the actual value of the left hand side.
7765 if not Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
7766 if Has_Discriminants (Operand_Type) then
7767 Disc := First_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7769 if Disc /= First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type) then
7770 Disc := First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7771 end if;
7773 Cons := New_List;
7774 while Present (Disc) loop
7775 Append_To (Cons,
7776 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
7777 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (Operand),
7778 Selector_Name =>
7779 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc))));
7780 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
7781 end loop;
7783 elsif Is_Array_Type (Operand_Type) then
7784 N_Ix := First_Index (Target_Type);
7785 Cons := New_List;
7787 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Operand_Type) loop
7789 -- We convert the bounds explicitly. We use an unchecked
7790 -- conversion because bounds checks are done elsewhere.
7792 Append_To (Cons,
7793 Make_Range (Loc,
7794 Low_Bound =>
7795 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7796 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7797 Prefix =>
7798 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7799 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7800 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
7801 Expressions => New_List (
7802 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J)))),
7804 High_Bound =>
7805 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7806 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7807 Prefix =>
7808 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7809 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7810 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
7811 Expressions => New_List (
7812 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J))))));
7814 Next_Index (N_Ix);
7815 end loop;
7816 end if;
7817 end if;
7819 Odef := New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc);
7821 if Present (Cons) then
7822 Odef :=
7823 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
7824 Subtype_Mark => Odef,
7825 Constraint =>
7826 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
7827 Constraints => Cons));
7828 end if;
7830 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('C'));
7831 Decl :=
7832 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7833 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
7834 Object_Definition => Odef);
7836 Set_No_Initialization (Decl, True);
7838 -- Insert required actions. It is essential to suppress checks
7839 -- since we have suppressed default initialization, which means
7840 -- that the variable we create may have no discriminants.
7842 Insert_Actions (N,
7843 New_List (
7844 Decl,
7845 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7846 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
7847 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))),
7848 Suppress => All_Checks);
7850 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc));
7851 return;
7852 end if;
7853 end Handle_Changed_Representation;
7855 -------------------------------
7856 -- Raise_Accessibility_Error --
7857 -------------------------------
7859 procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error is
7860 begin
7861 Rewrite (N,
7862 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Sloc (N),
7863 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
7864 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
7866 Error_Msg_N ("?accessibility check failure", N);
7867 Error_Msg_NE
7868 ("\?& will be raised at run time", N, Standard_Program_Error);
7869 end Raise_Accessibility_Error;
7871 ----------------------
7872 -- Real_Range_Check --
7873 ----------------------
7875 -- Case of conversions to floating-point or fixed-point. If range checks
7876 -- are enabled and the target type has a range constraint, we convert:
7878 -- typ (x)
7880 -- to
7882 -- Tnn : typ'Base := typ'Base (x);
7883 -- [constraint_error when Tnn < typ'First or else Tnn > typ'Last]
7884 -- Tnn
7886 -- This is necessary when there is a conversion of integer to float or
7887 -- to fixed-point to ensure that the correct checks are made. It is not
7888 -- necessary for float to float where it is enough to simply set the
7889 -- Do_Range_Check flag.
7891 procedure Real_Range_Check is
7892 Btyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Target_Type);
7893 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type);
7894 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Target_Type);
7895 Xtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7896 Conv : Node_Id;
7897 Tnn : Entity_Id;
7899 begin
7900 -- Nothing to do if conversion was rewritten
7902 if Nkind (N) /= N_Type_Conversion then
7903 return;
7904 end if;
7906 -- Nothing to do if range checks suppressed, or target has the same
7907 -- range as the base type (or is the base type).
7909 if Range_Checks_Suppressed (Target_Type)
7910 or else (Lo = Type_Low_Bound (Btyp)
7911 and then
7912 Hi = Type_High_Bound (Btyp))
7913 then
7914 return;
7915 end if;
7917 -- Nothing to do if expression is an entity on which checks have been
7918 -- suppressed.
7920 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
7921 and then Range_Checks_Suppressed (Entity (Operand))
7922 then
7923 return;
7924 end if;
7926 -- Nothing to do if bounds are all static and we can tell that the
7927 -- expression is within the bounds of the target. Note that if the
7928 -- operand is of an unconstrained floating-point type, then we do
7929 -- not trust it to be in range (might be infinite)
7931 declare
7932 S_Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Xtyp);
7933 S_Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Xtyp);
7935 begin
7936 if (not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
7937 or else Is_Constrained (Xtyp))
7938 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Lo)
7939 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Hi)
7940 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
7941 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
7942 then
7943 declare
7944 D_Lov : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Lo);
7945 D_Hiv : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Hi);
7946 S_Lov : Ureal;
7947 S_Hiv : Ureal;
7949 begin
7950 if Is_Real_Type (Xtyp) then
7951 S_Lov := Expr_Value_R (S_Lo);
7952 S_Hiv := Expr_Value_R (S_Hi);
7953 else
7954 S_Lov := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Lo));
7955 S_Hiv := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Hi));
7956 end if;
7958 if D_Hiv > D_Lov
7959 and then S_Lov >= D_Lov
7960 and then S_Hiv <= D_Hiv
7961 then
7962 Set_Do_Range_Check (Operand, False);
7963 return;
7964 end if;
7965 end;
7966 end if;
7967 end;
7969 -- For float to float conversions, we are done
7971 if Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
7972 and then
7973 Is_Floating_Point_Type (Btyp)
7974 then
7975 return;
7976 end if;
7978 -- Otherwise rewrite the conversion as described above
7980 Conv := Relocate_Node (N);
7981 Rewrite (Subtype_Mark (Conv), New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc));
7982 Set_Etype (Conv, Btyp);
7984 -- Enable overflow except for case of integer to float conversions,
7985 -- where it is never required, since we can never have overflow in
7986 -- this case.
7988 if not Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Operand)) then
7989 Enable_Overflow_Check (Conv);
7990 end if;
7992 Tnn :=
7993 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
7994 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('T'));
7996 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
7997 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7998 Defining_Identifier => Tnn,
7999 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc),
8000 Expression => Conv),
8002 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
8003 Condition =>
8004 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
8005 Left_Opnd =>
8006 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
8007 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
8008 Right_Opnd =>
8009 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8010 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
8011 Prefix =>
8012 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc))),
8014 Right_Opnd =>
8015 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
8016 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
8017 Right_Opnd =>
8018 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8019 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
8020 Prefix =>
8021 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc)))),
8022 Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed)));
8024 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc));
8025 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Btyp);
8026 end Real_Range_Check;
8028 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Type_Conversion
8030 begin
8031 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
8032 -- the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
8033 -- an Assignment_OK attribute, which must be propagated to the operand.
8035 if Operand_Type = Target_Type then
8036 if Assignment_OK (N) then
8037 Set_Assignment_OK (Operand);
8038 end if;
8040 Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Operand));
8041 return;
8042 end if;
8044 -- Nothing to do if this is the second argument of read. This is a
8045 -- "backwards" conversion that will be handled by the specialized code
8046 -- in attribute processing.
8048 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8049 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Read
8050 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parent (N)))) = N
8051 then
8052 return;
8053 end if;
8055 -- Here if we may need to expand conversion
8057 -- If the operand of the type conversion is an arithmetic operation on
8058 -- signed integers, and the based type of the signed integer type in
8059 -- question is smaller than Standard.Integer, we promote both of the
8060 -- operands to type Integer.
8062 -- For example, if we have
8064 -- target-type (opnd1 + opnd2)
8066 -- and opnd1 and opnd2 are of type short integer, then we rewrite
8067 -- this as:
8069 -- target-type (integer(opnd1) + integer(opnd2))
8071 -- We do this because we are always allowed to compute in a larger type
8072 -- if we do the right thing with the result, and in this case we are
8073 -- going to do a conversion which will do an appropriate check to make
8074 -- sure that things are in range of the target type in any case. This
8075 -- avoids some unnecessary intermediate overflows.
8077 -- We might consider a similar transformation in the case where the
8078 -- target is a real type or a 64-bit integer type, and the operand
8079 -- is an arithmetic operation using a 32-bit integer type. However,
8080 -- we do not bother with this case, because it could cause significant
8081 -- ineffiencies on 32-bit machines. On a 64-bit machine it would be
8082 -- much cheaper, but we don't want different behavior on 32-bit and
8083 -- 64-bit machines. Note that the exclusion of the 64-bit case also
8084 -- handles the configurable run-time cases where 64-bit arithmetic
8085 -- may simply be unavailable.
8087 -- Note: this circuit is partially redundant with respect to the circuit
8088 -- in Checks.Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check, but we catch more cases in
8089 -- the processing here. Also we still need the Checks circuit, since we
8090 -- have to be sure not to generate junk overflow checks in the first
8091 -- place, since it would be trick to remove them here!
8093 if Integer_Promotion_Possible (N) then
8095 -- All conditions met, go ahead with transformation
8097 declare
8098 Opnd : Node_Id;
8099 L, R : Node_Id;
8101 begin
8102 R :=
8103 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8104 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
8105 Expression => Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (Operand)));
8107 Opnd := New_Op_Node (Nkind (Operand), Loc);
8108 Set_Right_Opnd (Opnd, R);
8110 if Nkind (Operand) in N_Binary_Op then
8111 L :=
8112 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8113 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
8114 Expression => Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (Operand)));
8116 Set_Left_Opnd (Opnd, L);
8117 end if;
8119 Rewrite (N,
8120 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8121 Subtype_Mark => Relocate_Node (Subtype_Mark (N)),
8122 Expression => Opnd));
8124 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8125 return;
8126 end;
8127 end if;
8129 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
8131 if Validity_Checks_On
8132 and then Validity_Check_Operands
8133 then
8134 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
8135 end if;
8137 -- Special case of converting from non-standard boolean type
8139 if Is_Boolean_Type (Operand_Type)
8140 and then (Nonzero_Is_True (Operand_Type))
8141 then
8142 Adjust_Condition (Operand);
8143 Set_Etype (Operand, Standard_Boolean);
8144 Operand_Type := Standard_Boolean;
8145 end if;
8147 -- Case of converting to an access type
8149 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8151 -- Apply an accessibility check when the conversion operand is an
8152 -- access parameter (or a renaming thereof), unless conversion was
8153 -- expanded from an Unchecked_ or Unrestricted_Access attribute.
8154 -- Note that other checks may still need to be applied below (such
8155 -- as tagged type checks).
8157 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
8158 and then
8159 (Is_Formal (Entity (Operand))
8160 or else
8161 (Present (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
8162 and then Is_Entity_Name (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
8163 and then Is_Formal
8164 (Entity (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand))))))
8165 and then Ekind (Etype (Operand)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8166 and then (Nkind (Original_Node (N)) /= N_Attribute_Reference
8167 or else Attribute_Name (Original_Node (N)) = Name_Access)
8168 then
8169 Apply_Accessibility_Check
8170 (Operand, Target_Type, Insert_Node => Operand);
8172 -- If the level of the operand type is statically deeper than the
8173 -- level of the target type, then force Program_Error. Note that this
8174 -- can only occur for cases where the attribute is within the body of
8175 -- an instantiation (otherwise the conversion will already have been
8176 -- rejected as illegal). Note: warnings are issued by the analyzer
8177 -- for the instance cases.
8179 elsif In_Instance_Body
8180 and then Type_Access_Level (Operand_Type) >
8181 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
8182 then
8183 Raise_Accessibility_Error;
8185 -- When the operand is a selected access discriminant the check needs
8186 -- to be made against the level of the object denoted by the prefix
8187 -- of the selected name. Force Program_Error for this case as well
8188 -- (this accessibility violation can only happen if within the body
8189 -- of an instantiation).
8191 elsif In_Instance_Body
8192 and then Ekind (Operand_Type) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8193 and then Nkind (Operand) = N_Selected_Component
8194 and then Object_Access_Level (Operand) >
8195 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
8196 then
8197 Raise_Accessibility_Error;
8198 return;
8199 end if;
8200 end if;
8202 -- Case of conversions of tagged types and access to tagged types
8204 -- When needed, that is to say when the expression is class-wide, Add
8205 -- runtime a tag check for (strict) downward conversion by using the
8206 -- membership test, generating:
8208 -- [constraint_error when Operand not in Target_Type'Class]
8210 -- or in the access type case
8212 -- [constraint_error
8213 -- when Operand /= null
8214 -- and then Operand.all not in
8215 -- Designated_Type (Target_Type)'Class]
8217 if (Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
8218 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Designated_Type (Target_Type)))
8219 or else Is_Tagged_Type (Target_Type)
8220 then
8221 -- Do not do any expansion in the access type case if the parent is a
8222 -- renaming, since this is an error situation which will be caught by
8223 -- Sem_Ch8, and the expansion can interfere with this error check.
8225 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
8226 and then Is_Renamed_Object (N)
8227 then
8228 return;
8229 end if;
8231 -- Otherwise, proceed with processing tagged conversion
8233 declare
8234 Actual_Op_Typ : Entity_Id;
8235 Actual_Targ_Typ : Entity_Id;
8236 Make_Conversion : Boolean := False;
8237 Root_Op_Typ : Entity_Id;
8239 procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id);
8240 -- Create a membership check to test whether Operand is a member
8241 -- of Targ_Typ. If the original Target_Type is an access, include
8242 -- a test for null value. The check is inserted at N.
8244 --------------------
8245 -- Make_Tag_Check --
8246 --------------------
8248 procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id) is
8249 Cond : Node_Id;
8251 begin
8252 -- Generate:
8253 -- [Constraint_Error
8254 -- when Operand /= null
8255 -- and then Operand.all not in Targ_Typ]
8257 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8258 Cond :=
8259 Make_And_Then (Loc,
8260 Left_Opnd =>
8261 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
8262 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
8263 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
8265 Right_Opnd =>
8266 Make_Not_In (Loc,
8267 Left_Opnd =>
8268 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
8269 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand)),
8270 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc)));
8272 -- Generate:
8273 -- [Constraint_Error when Operand not in Targ_Typ]
8275 else
8276 Cond :=
8277 Make_Not_In (Loc,
8278 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
8279 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc));
8280 end if;
8282 Insert_Action (N,
8283 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
8284 Condition => Cond,
8285 Reason => CE_Tag_Check_Failed));
8286 end Make_Tag_Check;
8288 -- Start of processing
8290 begin
8291 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8293 -- Handle entities from the limited view
8295 Actual_Op_Typ :=
8296 Available_View (Designated_Type (Operand_Type));
8297 Actual_Targ_Typ :=
8298 Available_View (Designated_Type (Target_Type));
8299 else
8300 Actual_Op_Typ := Operand_Type;
8301 Actual_Targ_Typ := Target_Type;
8302 end if;
8304 Root_Op_Typ := Root_Type (Actual_Op_Typ);
8306 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle interface type conversion
8308 if Is_Interface (Actual_Op_Typ) then
8309 Expand_Interface_Conversion (N, Is_Static => False);
8310 return;
8311 end if;
8313 if not Tag_Checks_Suppressed (Actual_Targ_Typ) then
8315 -- Create a runtime tag check for a downward class-wide type
8316 -- conversion.
8318 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Op_Typ)
8319 and then Actual_Op_Typ /= Actual_Targ_Typ
8320 and then Root_Op_Typ /= Actual_Targ_Typ
8321 and then Is_Ancestor (Root_Op_Typ, Actual_Targ_Typ)
8322 then
8323 Make_Tag_Check (Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Targ_Typ));
8324 Make_Conversion := True;
8325 end if;
8327 -- AI05-0073: If the result subtype of the function is defined
8328 -- by an access_definition designating a specific tagged type
8329 -- T, a check is made that the result value is null or the tag
8330 -- of the object designated by the result value identifies T.
8331 -- Constraint_Error is raised if this check fails.
8333 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = Sinfo.N_Return_Statement then
8334 declare
8335 Func : Entity_Id;
8336 Func_Typ : Entity_Id;
8338 begin
8339 -- Climb scope stack looking for the enclosing function
8341 Func := Current_Scope;
8342 while Present (Func)
8343 and then Ekind (Func) /= E_Function
8344 loop
8345 Func := Scope (Func);
8346 end loop;
8348 -- The function's return subtype must be defined using
8349 -- an access definition.
8351 if Nkind (Result_Definition (Parent (Func))) =
8352 N_Access_Definition
8353 then
8354 Func_Typ := Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (Func));
8356 -- The return subtype denotes a specific tagged type,
8357 -- in other words, a non class-wide type.
8359 if Is_Tagged_Type (Func_Typ)
8360 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Func_Typ)
8361 then
8362 Make_Tag_Check (Actual_Targ_Typ);
8363 Make_Conversion := True;
8364 end if;
8365 end if;
8366 end;
8367 end if;
8369 -- We have generated a tag check for either a class-wide type
8370 -- conversion or for AI05-0073.
8372 if Make_Conversion then
8373 declare
8374 Conv : Node_Id;
8375 begin
8376 Conv :=
8377 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8378 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
8379 Expression => Relocate_Node (Expression (N)));
8380 Rewrite (N, Conv);
8381 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8382 end;
8383 end if;
8384 end if;
8385 end;
8387 -- Case of other access type conversions
8389 elsif Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8390 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8392 -- Case of conversions from a fixed-point type
8394 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
8395 -- the Exp_Fixd package. We ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
8396 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
8397 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
8399 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
8400 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
8401 then
8402 -- We should never see universal fixed at this case, since the
8403 -- expansion of the constituent divide or multiply should have
8404 -- eliminated the explicit mention of universal fixed.
8406 pragma Assert (Operand_Type /= Universal_Fixed);
8408 -- Check for special case of the conversion to universal real that
8409 -- occurs as a result of the use of a round attribute. In this case,
8410 -- the real type for the conversion is taken from the target type of
8411 -- the Round attribute and the result must be marked as rounded.
8413 if Target_Type = Universal_Real
8414 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8415 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Round
8416 then
8417 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
8418 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (N)));
8419 end if;
8421 -- Otherwise do correct fixed-conversion, but skip these if the
8422 -- Conversion_OK flag is set, because from a semantic point of
8423 -- view these are simple integer conversions needing no further
8424 -- processing (the backend will simply treat them as integers)
8426 if not Conversion_OK (N) then
8427 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Etype (N)) then
8428 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Fixed (N);
8429 Real_Range_Check;
8431 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
8432 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Integer (N);
8434 else
8435 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Etype (N)));
8436 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Float (N);
8437 Real_Range_Check;
8438 end if;
8439 end if;
8441 -- Case of conversions to a fixed-point type
8443 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
8444 -- the Exp_Fixd package. Again, ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
8445 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
8446 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
8448 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type)
8449 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
8450 then
8451 if Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type) then
8452 Expand_Convert_Integer_To_Fixed (N);
8453 Real_Range_Check;
8454 else
8455 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type));
8456 Expand_Convert_Float_To_Fixed (N);
8457 Real_Range_Check;
8458 end if;
8460 -- Case of float-to-integer conversions
8462 -- We also handle float-to-fixed conversions with Conversion_OK set
8463 -- since semantically the fixed-point target is treated as though it
8464 -- were an integer in such cases.
8466 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
8467 and then
8468 (Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
8469 or else
8470 (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type) and then Conversion_OK (N)))
8471 then
8472 -- One more check here, gcc is still not able to do conversions of
8473 -- this type with proper overflow checking, and so gigi is doing an
8474 -- approximation of what is required by doing floating-point compares
8475 -- with the end-point. But that can lose precision in some cases, and
8476 -- give a wrong result. Converting the operand to Universal_Real is
8477 -- helpful, but still does not catch all cases with 64-bit integers
8478 -- on targets with only 64-bit floats
8480 -- The above comment seems obsoleted by Apply_Float_Conversion_Check
8481 -- Can this code be removed ???
8483 if Do_Range_Check (Operand) then
8484 Rewrite (Operand,
8485 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8486 Subtype_Mark =>
8487 New_Occurrence_Of (Universal_Real, Loc),
8488 Expression =>
8489 Relocate_Node (Operand)));
8491 Set_Etype (Operand, Universal_Real);
8492 Enable_Range_Check (Operand);
8493 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expression (Operand), False);
8494 end if;
8496 -- Case of array conversions
8498 -- Expansion of array conversions, add required length/range checks but
8499 -- only do this if there is no change of representation. For handling of
8500 -- this case, see Handle_Changed_Representation.
8502 elsif Is_Array_Type (Target_Type) then
8504 if Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
8505 Apply_Length_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8506 else
8507 Apply_Range_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8508 end if;
8510 Handle_Changed_Representation;
8512 -- Case of conversions of discriminated types
8514 -- Add required discriminant checks if target is constrained. Again this
8515 -- change is skipped if we have a change of representation.
8517 elsif Has_Discriminants (Target_Type)
8518 and then Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
8519 then
8520 Apply_Discriminant_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
8521 Handle_Changed_Representation;
8523 -- Case of all other record conversions. The only processing required
8524 -- is to check for a change of representation requiring the special
8525 -- assignment processing.
8527 elsif Is_Record_Type (Target_Type) then
8529 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when converting from
8530 -- a derived Unchecked_Union type to an unconstrained type that is
8531 -- not Unchecked_Union if the operand lacks inferable discriminants.
8533 if Is_Derived_Type (Operand_Type)
8534 and then Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Operand_Type))
8535 and then not Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
8536 and then not Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Target_Type))
8537 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Operand)
8538 then
8539 -- To prevent Gigi from generating illegal code, we generate a
8540 -- Program_Error node, but we give it the target type of the
8541 -- conversion.
8543 declare
8544 PE : constant Node_Id := Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
8545 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
8547 begin
8548 Set_Etype (PE, Target_Type);
8549 Rewrite (N, PE);
8551 end;
8552 else
8553 Handle_Changed_Representation;
8554 end if;
8556 -- Case of conversions of enumeration types
8558 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type (Target_Type) then
8560 -- Special processing is required if there is a change of
8561 -- representation (from enumeration representation clauses)
8563 if not Same_Representation (Target_Type, Operand_Type) then
8565 -- Convert: x(y) to x'val (ytyp'val (y))
8567 Rewrite (N,
8568 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8569 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
8570 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
8571 Expressions => New_List (
8572 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8573 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Operand_Type, Loc),
8574 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
8575 Expressions => New_List (Operand)))));
8577 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8578 end if;
8580 -- Case of conversions to floating-point
8582 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Target_Type) then
8583 Real_Range_Check;
8584 end if;
8586 -- At this stage, either the conversion node has been transformed into
8587 -- some other equivalent expression, or left as a conversion that can
8588 -- be handled by Gigi. The conversions that Gigi can handle are the
8589 -- following:
8591 -- Conversions with no change of representation or type
8593 -- Numeric conversions involving integer, floating- and fixed-point
8594 -- values. Fixed-point values are allowed only if Conversion_OK is
8595 -- set, i.e. if the fixed-point values are to be treated as integers.
8597 -- No other conversions should be passed to Gigi
8599 -- Check: are these rules stated in sinfo??? if so, why restate here???
8601 -- The only remaining step is to generate a range check if we still have
8602 -- a type conversion at this stage and Do_Range_Check is set. For now we
8603 -- do this only for conversions of discrete types.
8605 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
8606 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N))
8607 then
8608 declare
8609 Expr : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8610 Ftyp : Entity_Id;
8611 Ityp : Entity_Id;
8613 begin
8614 if Do_Range_Check (Expr)
8615 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (Expr))
8616 then
8617 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expr, False);
8619 -- Before we do a range check, we have to deal with treating a
8620 -- fixed-point operand as an integer. The way we do this is
8621 -- simply to do an unchecked conversion to an appropriate
8622 -- integer type large enough to hold the result.
8624 -- This code is not active yet, because we are only dealing
8625 -- with discrete types so far ???
8627 if Nkind (Expr) in N_Has_Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
8628 and then Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (Expr)
8629 then
8630 Ftyp := Base_Type (Etype (Expr));
8632 if Esize (Ftyp) >= Esize (Standard_Integer) then
8633 Ityp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
8634 else
8635 Ityp := Standard_Integer;
8636 end if;
8638 Rewrite (Expr, Unchecked_Convert_To (Ityp, Expr));
8639 end if;
8641 -- Reset overflow flag, since the range check will include
8642 -- dealing with possible overflow, and generate the check If
8643 -- Address is either a source type or target type, suppress
8644 -- range check to avoid typing anomalies when it is a visible
8645 -- integer type.
8647 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, False);
8648 if not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Etype (Expr))
8649 and then not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type)
8650 then
8651 Generate_Range_Check
8652 (Expr, Target_Type, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
8653 end if;
8654 end if;
8655 end;
8656 end if;
8658 -- Final step, if the result is a type conversion involving Vax_Float
8659 -- types, then it is subject for further special processing.
8661 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
8662 and then (Vax_Float (Operand_Type) or else Vax_Float (Target_Type))
8663 then
8664 Expand_Vax_Conversion (N);
8665 return;
8666 end if;
8667 end Expand_N_Type_Conversion;
8669 -----------------------------------
8670 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression --
8671 -----------------------------------
8673 -- Remove the unchecked expression node from the tree. It's job was simply
8674 -- to make sure that its constituent expression was handled with checks
8675 -- off, and now that that is done, we can remove it from the tree, and
8676 -- indeed must, since gigi does not expect to see these nodes.
8678 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
8679 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8681 begin
8682 Set_Assignment_OK (Exp, Assignment_OK (N) or Assignment_OK (Exp));
8683 Rewrite (N, Exp);
8684 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression;
8686 ----------------------------------------
8687 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion --
8688 ----------------------------------------
8690 -- If this cannot be handled by Gigi and we haven't already made a
8691 -- temporary for it, do it now.
8693 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
8694 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
8695 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8696 Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
8698 begin
8699 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
8700 -- the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
8701 -- an Assignment_OK indication which must be proprgated to the operand.
8703 if Operand_Type = Target_Type then
8704 if Assignment_OK (N) then
8705 Set_Assignment_OK (Operand);
8706 end if;
8708 Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Operand));
8709 return;
8710 end if;
8712 -- If we have a conversion of a compile time known value to a target
8713 -- type and the value is in range of the target type, then we can simply
8714 -- replace the construct by an integer literal of the correct type. We
8715 -- only apply this to integer types being converted. Possibly it may
8716 -- apply in other cases, but it is too much trouble to worry about.
8718 -- Note that we do not do this transformation if the Kill_Range_Check
8719 -- flag is set, since then the value may be outside the expected range.
8720 -- This happens in the Normalize_Scalars case.
8722 -- We also skip this if either the target or operand type is biased
8723 -- because in this case, the unchecked conversion is supposed to
8724 -- preserve the bit pattern, not the integer value.
8726 if Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
8727 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Target_Type)
8728 and then Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type)
8729 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Operand_Type)
8730 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Operand)
8731 and then not Kill_Range_Check (N)
8732 then
8733 declare
8734 Val : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Operand);
8736 begin
8737 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
8738 and then
8739 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
8740 and then
8741 Val >= Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
8742 and then
8743 Val <= Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
8744 then
8745 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (N), Val));
8747 -- If Address is the target type, just set the type to avoid a
8748 -- spurious type error on the literal when Address is a visible
8749 -- integer type.
8751 if Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type) then
8752 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
8753 else
8754 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8755 end if;
8757 return;
8758 end if;
8759 end;
8760 end if;
8762 -- Nothing to do if conversion is safe
8764 if Safe_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N) then
8765 return;
8766 end if;
8768 -- Otherwise force evaluation unless Assignment_OK flag is set (this
8769 -- flag indicates ??? -- more comments needed here)
8771 if Assignment_OK (N) then
8772 null;
8773 else
8774 Force_Evaluation (N);
8775 end if;
8776 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion;
8778 ----------------------------
8779 -- Expand_Record_Equality --
8780 ----------------------------
8782 -- For non-variant records, Equality is expanded when needed into:
8784 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8785 -- and then ...
8786 -- and then Lhs.Discrn = Rhs.Discrn
8787 -- and then Lhs.Cmp1 = Rhs.Cmp1
8788 -- and then ...
8789 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8791 -- The expression is folded by the back-end for adjacent fields. This
8792 -- function is called for tagged record in only one occasion: for imple-
8793 -- menting predefined primitive equality (see Predefined_Primitives_Bodies)
8794 -- otherwise the primitive "=" is used directly.
8796 function Expand_Record_Equality
8797 (Nod : Node_Id;
8798 Typ : Entity_Id;
8799 Lhs : Node_Id;
8800 Rhs : Node_Id;
8801 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
8803 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
8805 Result : Node_Id;
8806 C : Entity_Id;
8808 First_Time : Boolean := True;
8810 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
8811 -- Return the first field to compare beginning with C, skipping the
8812 -- inherited components.
8814 ----------------------
8815 -- Suitable_Element --
8816 ----------------------
8818 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id is
8819 begin
8820 if No (C) then
8821 return Empty;
8823 elsif Ekind (C) /= E_Discriminant
8824 and then Ekind (C) /= E_Component
8825 then
8826 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8828 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
8829 and then C /= Original_Record_Component (C)
8830 then
8831 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8833 elsif Chars (C) = Name_uController
8834 or else Chars (C) = Name_uTag
8835 then
8836 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8838 elsif Is_Interface (Etype (C)) then
8839 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8841 else
8842 return C;
8843 end if;
8844 end Suitable_Element;
8846 -- Start of processing for Expand_Record_Equality
8848 begin
8849 -- Generates the following code: (assuming that Typ has one Discr and
8850 -- component C2 is also a record)
8852 -- True
8853 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8854 -- and then Lhs.C1 = Rhs.C1
8855 -- and then Lhs.C2.C1=Rhs.C2.C1 and then ... Lhs.C2.Cn=Rhs.C2.Cn
8856 -- and then ...
8857 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8859 Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
8860 C := Suitable_Element (First_Entity (Typ));
8862 while Present (C) loop
8863 declare
8864 New_Lhs : Node_Id;
8865 New_Rhs : Node_Id;
8866 Check : Node_Id;
8868 begin
8869 if First_Time then
8870 First_Time := False;
8871 New_Lhs := Lhs;
8872 New_Rhs := Rhs;
8873 else
8874 New_Lhs := New_Copy_Tree (Lhs);
8875 New_Rhs := New_Copy_Tree (Rhs);
8876 end if;
8878 Check :=
8879 Expand_Composite_Equality (Nod, Etype (C),
8880 Lhs =>
8881 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8882 Prefix => New_Lhs,
8883 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8884 Rhs =>
8885 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8886 Prefix => New_Rhs,
8887 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8888 Bodies => Bodies);
8890 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole
8891 -- operation will raise program error.
8893 if Nkind (Check) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
8894 Result := Check;
8895 Set_Etype (Result, Standard_Boolean);
8896 exit;
8897 else
8898 Result :=
8899 Make_And_Then (Loc,
8900 Left_Opnd => Result,
8901 Right_Opnd => Check);
8902 end if;
8903 end;
8905 C := Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8906 end loop;
8908 return Result;
8909 end Expand_Record_Equality;
8911 -------------------------------------
8912 -- Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation --
8913 -------------------------------------
8915 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id) is
8916 Conv : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
8918 begin
8919 -- We must have a type conversion immediately above us
8921 pragma Assert (Nkind (Conv) = N_Type_Conversion);
8923 -- Normally the type conversion gives our target type. The exception
8924 -- occurs in the case of the Round attribute, where the conversion
8925 -- will be to universal real, and our real type comes from the Round
8926 -- attribute (as well as an indication that we must round the result)
8928 if Nkind (Parent (Conv)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8929 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (Conv)) = Name_Round
8930 then
8931 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (Conv)));
8932 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
8934 -- Normal case where type comes from conversion above us
8936 else
8937 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Conv));
8938 end if;
8939 end Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation;
8941 ------------------------------
8942 -- Get_Allocator_Final_List --
8943 ------------------------------
8945 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
8946 (N : Node_Id;
8947 T : Entity_Id;
8948 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id
8950 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8952 Owner : Entity_Id := PtrT;
8953 -- The entity whose finalization list must be used to attach the
8954 -- allocated object.
8956 begin
8957 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type then
8959 -- If the context is an access parameter, we need to create a
8960 -- non-anonymous access type in order to have a usable final list,
8961 -- because there is otherwise no pool to which the allocated object
8962 -- can belong. We create both the type and the finalization chain
8963 -- here, because freezing an internal type does not create such a
8964 -- chain. The Final_Chain that is thus created is shared by the
8965 -- access parameter. The access type is tested against the result
8966 -- type of the function to exclude allocators whose type is an
8967 -- anonymous access result type. We freeze the type at once to
8968 -- ensure that it is properly decorated for the back-end, even
8969 -- if the context and current scope is a loop.
8971 if Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT))
8972 in N_Subprogram_Specification
8973 and then
8974 PtrT /=
8975 Etype (Defining_Unit_Name (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)))
8976 then
8977 Owner := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('J'));
8978 Insert_Action (N,
8979 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
8980 Defining_Identifier => Owner,
8981 Type_Definition =>
8982 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
8983 Subtype_Indication =>
8984 New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc))));
8986 Freeze_Before (N, Owner);
8987 Build_Final_List (N, Owner);
8988 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT, Associated_Final_Chain (Owner));
8990 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the context is a return object
8991 -- declaration, then the anonymous return subtype is defined to have
8992 -- the same accessibility level as that of the function's result
8993 -- subtype, which means that we want the scope where the function is
8994 -- declared.
8996 elsif Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)) = N_Object_Declaration
8997 and then Ekind (Scope (PtrT)) = E_Return_Statement
8998 then
8999 Owner := Scope (Return_Applies_To (Scope (PtrT)));
9001 -- Case of an access discriminant, or (Ada 2005), of an anonymous
9002 -- access component or anonymous access function result: find the
9003 -- final list associated with the scope of the type. (In the
9004 -- anonymous access component kind, a list controller will have
9005 -- been allocated when freezing the record type, and PtrT has an
9006 -- Associated_Final_Chain attribute designating it.)
9008 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
9009 Owner := Scope (PtrT);
9010 end if;
9011 end if;
9013 return Find_Final_List (Owner);
9014 end Get_Allocator_Final_List;
9016 ---------------------------------
9017 -- Has_Inferable_Discriminants --
9018 ---------------------------------
9020 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9022 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
9023 -- Determines whether the left-most prefix of a selected component is a
9024 -- formal parameter in a subprogram. Assumes N is a selected component.
9026 --------------------------------
9027 -- Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter --
9028 --------------------------------
9030 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9031 Sel_Comp : Node_Id := N;
9033 begin
9034 -- Move to the left-most prefix by climbing up the tree
9036 while Present (Parent (Sel_Comp))
9037 and then Nkind (Parent (Sel_Comp)) = N_Selected_Component
9038 loop
9039 Sel_Comp := Parent (Sel_Comp);
9040 end loop;
9042 return Ekind (Entity (Prefix (Sel_Comp))) in Formal_Kind;
9043 end Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter;
9045 -- Start of processing for Has_Inferable_Discriminants
9047 begin
9048 -- For identifiers and indexed components, it is sufficient to have a
9049 -- constrained Unchecked_Union nominal subtype.
9051 if Nkind_In (N, N_Identifier, N_Indexed_Component) then
9052 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (N)))
9053 and then
9054 Is_Constrained (Etype (N));
9056 -- For selected components, the subtype of the selector must be a
9057 -- constrained Unchecked_Union. If the component is subject to a
9058 -- per-object constraint, then the enclosing object must have inferable
9059 -- discriminants.
9061 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Selected_Component then
9062 if Has_Per_Object_Constraint (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) then
9064 -- A small hack. If we have a per-object constrained selected
9065 -- component of a formal parameter, return True since we do not
9066 -- know the actual parameter association yet.
9068 if Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N) then
9069 return True;
9070 end if;
9072 -- Otherwise, check the enclosing object and the selector
9074 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Prefix (N))
9075 and then
9076 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
9077 end if;
9079 -- The call to Has_Inferable_Discriminants will determine whether
9080 -- the selector has a constrained Unchecked_Union nominal type.
9082 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
9084 -- A qualified expression has inferable discriminants if its subtype
9085 -- mark is a constrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
9087 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Qualified_Expression then
9088 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Subtype_Mark (N))
9089 and then
9090 Is_Constrained (Subtype_Mark (N));
9092 end if;
9094 return False;
9095 end Has_Inferable_Discriminants;
9097 -------------------------------
9098 -- Insert_Dereference_Action --
9099 -------------------------------
9101 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id) is
9102 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9103 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
9104 Pool : constant Entity_Id := Associated_Storage_Pool (Typ);
9105 Pnod : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
9107 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean;
9108 -- Return true if type of P is derived from Checked_Pool;
9110 -----------------------------
9111 -- Is_Checked_Storage_Pool --
9112 -----------------------------
9114 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean is
9115 T : Entity_Id;
9117 begin
9118 if No (P) then
9119 return False;
9120 end if;
9122 T := Etype (P);
9123 while T /= Etype (T) loop
9124 if Is_RTE (T, RE_Checked_Pool) then
9125 return True;
9126 else
9127 T := Etype (T);
9128 end if;
9129 end loop;
9131 return False;
9132 end Is_Checked_Storage_Pool;
9134 -- Start of processing for Insert_Dereference_Action
9136 begin
9137 pragma Assert (Nkind (Pnod) = N_Explicit_Dereference);
9139 if not (Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (Pool)
9140 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (Pnod)))
9141 then
9142 return;
9143 end if;
9145 Insert_Action (N,
9146 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
9147 Name => New_Reference_To (
9148 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Pool), Name_Dereference), Loc),
9150 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
9152 -- Pool
9154 New_Reference_To (Pool, Loc),
9156 -- Storage_Address. We use the attribute Pool_Address, which uses
9157 -- the pointer itself to find the address of the object, and which
9158 -- handles unconstrained arrays properly by computing the address
9159 -- of the template. i.e. the correct address of the corresponding
9160 -- allocation.
9162 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9163 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N),
9164 Attribute_Name => Name_Pool_Address),
9166 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements
9168 Make_Op_Divide (Loc,
9169 Left_Opnd =>
9170 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9171 Prefix =>
9172 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
9173 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
9174 Attribute_Name => Name_Size),
9175 Right_Opnd =>
9176 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, System_Storage_Unit)),
9178 -- Alignment
9180 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9181 Prefix =>
9182 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
9183 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
9184 Attribute_Name => Name_Alignment))));
9186 exception
9187 when RE_Not_Available =>
9188 return;
9189 end Insert_Dereference_Action;
9191 --------------------------------
9192 -- Integer_Promotion_Possible --
9193 --------------------------------
9195 function Integer_Promotion_Possible (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9196 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
9197 Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
9198 Root_Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Operand_Type);
9200 begin
9201 pragma Assert (Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion);
9203 return
9205 -- We only do the transformation for source constructs. We assume
9206 -- that the expander knows what it is doing when it generates code.
9208 Comes_From_Source (N)
9210 -- If the operand type is Short_Integer or Short_Short_Integer,
9211 -- then we will promote to Integer, which is available on all
9212 -- targets, and is sufficient to ensure no intermediate overflow.
9213 -- Furthermore it is likely to be as efficient or more efficient
9214 -- than using the smaller type for the computation so we do this
9215 -- unconditionally.
9217 and then
9218 (Root_Operand_Type = Base_Type (Standard_Short_Integer)
9219 or else
9220 Root_Operand_Type = Base_Type (Standard_Short_Short_Integer))
9222 -- Test for interesting operation, which includes addition,
9223 -- division, exponentiation, multiplication, subtraction, absolute
9224 -- value and unary negation. Unary "+" is omitted since it is a
9225 -- no-op and thus can't overflow.
9227 and then Nkind_In (Operand, N_Op_Abs,
9228 N_Op_Add,
9229 N_Op_Divide,
9230 N_Op_Expon,
9231 N_Op_Minus,
9232 N_Op_Multiply,
9233 N_Op_Subtract);
9234 end Integer_Promotion_Possible;
9236 ------------------------------
9237 -- Make_Array_Comparison_Op --
9238 ------------------------------
9240 -- This is a hand-coded expansion of the following generic function:
9242 -- generic
9243 -- type elem is (<>);
9244 -- type index is (<>);
9245 -- type a is array (index range <>) of elem;
9247 -- function Gnnn (X : a; Y: a) return boolean is
9248 -- J : index := Y'first;
9250 -- begin
9251 -- if X'length = 0 then
9252 -- return false;
9254 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
9255 -- return true;
9257 -- else
9258 -- for I in X'range loop
9259 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
9260 -- if J = Y'last then
9261 -- exit;
9262 -- else
9263 -- J := index'succ (J);
9264 -- end if;
9266 -- else
9267 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
9268 -- end if;
9269 -- end loop;
9271 -- return X'length > Y'length;
9272 -- end if;
9273 -- end Gnnn;
9275 -- Note that since we are essentially doing this expansion by hand, we
9276 -- do not need to generate an actual or formal generic part, just the
9277 -- instantiated function itself.
9279 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
9280 (Typ : Entity_Id;
9281 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id
9283 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
9285 X : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uX);
9286 Y : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uY);
9287 I : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uI);
9288 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
9290 Index : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (First_Index (Typ)));
9292 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
9293 Loop_Body : Node_Id;
9294 If_Stat : Node_Id;
9295 Inner_If : Node_Id;
9296 Final_Expr : Node_Id;
9297 Func_Body : Node_Id;
9298 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
9299 Formals : List_Id;
9300 Length1 : Node_Id;
9301 Length2 : Node_Id;
9303 begin
9304 -- if J = Y'last then
9305 -- exit;
9306 -- else
9307 -- J := index'succ (J);
9308 -- end if;
9310 Inner_If :=
9311 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
9312 Condition =>
9313 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9314 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
9315 Right_Opnd =>
9316 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9317 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9318 Attribute_Name => Name_Last)),
9320 Then_Statements => New_List (
9321 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc)),
9323 Else_Statements =>
9324 New_List (
9325 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
9326 Name => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
9327 Expression =>
9328 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9329 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
9330 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
9331 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc))))));
9333 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
9334 -- if ... end if;
9335 -- else
9336 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
9337 -- end if;
9339 Loop_Body :=
9340 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
9341 Condition =>
9342 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9343 Left_Opnd =>
9344 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9345 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9346 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
9348 Right_Opnd =>
9349 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9350 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9351 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))),
9353 Then_Statements => New_List (Inner_If),
9355 Else_Statements => New_List (
9356 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9357 Expression =>
9358 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
9359 Left_Opnd =>
9360 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9361 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9362 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
9364 Right_Opnd =>
9365 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9366 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9367 Expressions => New_List (
9368 New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))))));
9370 -- for I in X'range loop
9371 -- if ... end if;
9372 -- end loop;
9374 Loop_Statement :=
9375 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
9376 Identifier => Empty,
9378 Iteration_Scheme =>
9379 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
9380 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
9381 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9382 Defining_Identifier => I,
9383 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
9384 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9385 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9386 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
9388 Statements => New_List (Loop_Body));
9390 -- if X'length = 0 then
9391 -- return false;
9392 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
9393 -- return true;
9394 -- else
9395 -- for ... loop ... end loop;
9396 -- return X'length > Y'length;
9397 -- end if;
9399 Length1 :=
9400 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9401 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9402 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
9404 Length2 :=
9405 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9406 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9407 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
9409 Final_Expr :=
9410 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
9411 Left_Opnd => Length1,
9412 Right_Opnd => Length2);
9414 If_Stat :=
9415 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
9416 Condition =>
9417 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9418 Left_Opnd =>
9419 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9420 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
9421 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
9422 Right_Opnd =>
9423 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
9425 Then_Statements =>
9426 New_List (
9427 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9428 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc))),
9430 Elsif_Parts => New_List (
9431 Make_Elsif_Part (Loc,
9432 Condition =>
9433 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9434 Left_Opnd =>
9435 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9436 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9437 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
9438 Right_Opnd =>
9439 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
9441 Then_Statements =>
9442 New_List (
9443 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9444 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc))))),
9446 Else_Statements => New_List (
9447 Loop_Statement,
9448 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9449 Expression => Final_Expr)));
9451 -- (X : a; Y: a)
9453 Formals := New_List (
9454 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9455 Defining_Identifier => X,
9456 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
9458 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9459 Defining_Identifier => Y,
9460 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
9462 -- function Gnnn (...) return boolean is
9463 -- J : index := Y'first;
9464 -- begin
9465 -- if ... end if;
9466 -- end Gnnn;
9468 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('G'));
9470 Func_Body :=
9471 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
9472 Specification =>
9473 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
9474 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
9475 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
9476 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
9478 Declarations => New_List (
9479 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
9480 Defining_Identifier => J,
9481 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
9482 Expression =>
9483 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9484 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
9485 Attribute_Name => Name_First))),
9487 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
9488 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
9489 Statements => New_List (If_Stat)));
9491 return Func_Body;
9492 end Make_Array_Comparison_Op;
9494 ---------------------------
9495 -- Make_Boolean_Array_Op --
9496 ---------------------------
9498 -- For logical operations on boolean arrays, expand in line the following,
9499 -- replacing 'and' with 'or' or 'xor' where needed:
9501 -- function Annn (A : typ; B: typ) return typ is
9502 -- C : typ;
9503 -- begin
9504 -- for J in A'range loop
9505 -- C (J) := A (J) op B (J);
9506 -- end loop;
9507 -- return C;
9508 -- end Annn;
9510 -- Here typ is the boolean array type
9512 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
9513 (Typ : Entity_Id;
9514 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id
9516 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9518 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
9519 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
9520 C : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uC);
9521 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
9523 A_J : Node_Id;
9524 B_J : Node_Id;
9525 C_J : Node_Id;
9526 Op : Node_Id;
9528 Formals : List_Id;
9529 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
9530 Func_Body : Node_Id;
9531 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
9533 begin
9534 A_J :=
9535 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9536 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
9537 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
9539 B_J :=
9540 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9541 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
9542 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
9544 C_J :=
9545 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
9546 Prefix => New_Reference_To (C, Loc),
9547 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
9549 if Nkind (N) = N_Op_And then
9550 Op :=
9551 Make_Op_And (Loc,
9552 Left_Opnd => A_J,
9553 Right_Opnd => B_J);
9555 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Op_Or then
9556 Op :=
9557 Make_Op_Or (Loc,
9558 Left_Opnd => A_J,
9559 Right_Opnd => B_J);
9561 else
9562 Op :=
9563 Make_Op_Xor (Loc,
9564 Left_Opnd => A_J,
9565 Right_Opnd => B_J);
9566 end if;
9568 Loop_Statement :=
9569 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
9570 Identifier => Empty,
9572 Iteration_Scheme =>
9573 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
9574 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
9575 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9576 Defining_Identifier => J,
9577 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
9578 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9579 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
9580 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
9582 Statements => New_List (
9583 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
9584 Name => C_J,
9585 Expression => Op)));
9587 Formals := New_List (
9588 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9589 Defining_Identifier => A,
9590 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
9592 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
9593 Defining_Identifier => B,
9594 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
9596 Func_Name :=
9597 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('A'));
9598 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
9600 Func_Body :=
9601 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
9602 Specification =>
9603 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
9604 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
9605 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
9606 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
9608 Declarations => New_List (
9609 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
9610 Defining_Identifier => C,
9611 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
9613 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
9614 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
9615 Statements => New_List (
9616 Loop_Statement,
9617 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9618 Expression => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)))));
9620 return Func_Body;
9621 end Make_Boolean_Array_Op;
9623 ------------------------
9624 -- Rewrite_Comparison --
9625 ------------------------
9627 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
9628 Warning_Generated : Boolean := False;
9629 -- Set to True if first pass with Assume_Valid generates a warning in
9630 -- which case we skip the second pass to avoid warning overloaded.
9632 Result : Node_Id;
9633 -- Set to Standard_True or Standard_False
9635 begin
9636 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion then
9637 Rewrite_Comparison (Expression (N));
9638 return;
9640 elsif Nkind (N) not in N_Op_Compare then
9641 return;
9642 end if;
9644 -- Now start looking at the comparison in detail. We potentially go
9645 -- through this loop twice. The first time, Assume_Valid is set False
9646 -- in the call to Compile_Time_Compare. If this call results in a
9647 -- clear result of always True or Always False, that's decisive and
9648 -- we are done. Otherwise we repeat the processing with Assume_Valid
9649 -- set to True to generate additional warnings. We can stil that step
9650 -- if Constant_Condition_Warnings is False.
9652 for AV in False .. True loop
9653 declare
9654 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
9655 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
9656 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
9658 Res : constant Compare_Result :=
9659 Compile_Time_Compare (Op1, Op2, Assume_Valid => AV);
9660 -- Res indicates if compare outcome can be compile time determined
9662 True_Result : Boolean;
9663 False_Result : Boolean;
9665 begin
9666 case N_Op_Compare (Nkind (N)) is
9667 when N_Op_Eq =>
9668 True_Result := Res = EQ;
9669 False_Result := Res = LT or else Res = GT or else Res = NE;
9671 when N_Op_Ge =>
9672 True_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
9673 False_Result := Res = LT;
9675 if Res = LE
9676 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9677 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9678 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Ge
9679 and then not In_Instance
9680 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9681 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9682 then
9683 Error_Msg_N
9684 ("can never be greater than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
9685 Warning_Generated := True;
9686 end if;
9688 when N_Op_Gt =>
9689 True_Result := Res = GT;
9690 False_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
9692 when N_Op_Lt =>
9693 True_Result := Res = LT;
9694 False_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
9696 when N_Op_Le =>
9697 True_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
9698 False_Result := Res = GT;
9700 if Res = GE
9701 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9702 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9703 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Le
9704 and then not In_Instance
9705 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9706 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9707 then
9708 Error_Msg_N
9709 ("can never be less than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
9710 Warning_Generated := True;
9711 end if;
9713 when N_Op_Ne =>
9714 True_Result := Res = NE or else Res = GT or else Res = LT;
9715 False_Result := Res = EQ;
9716 end case;
9718 -- If this is the first iteration, then we actually convert the
9719 -- comparison into True or False, if the result is certain.
9721 if AV = False then
9722 if True_Result or False_Result then
9723 if True_Result then
9724 Result := Standard_True;
9725 else
9726 Result := Standard_False;
9727 end if;
9729 Rewrite (N,
9730 Convert_To (Typ,
9731 New_Occurrence_Of (Result, Sloc (N))));
9732 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
9733 Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
9734 return;
9735 end if;
9737 -- If this is the second iteration (AV = True), and the original
9738 -- node comes from source and we are not in an instance, then
9739 -- give a warning if we know result would be True or False. Note
9740 -- we know Constant_Condition_Warnings is set if we get here.
9742 elsif Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9743 and then not In_Instance
9744 then
9745 if True_Result then
9746 Error_Msg_N
9747 ("condition can only be False if invalid values present?",
9749 elsif False_Result then
9750 Error_Msg_N
9751 ("condition can only be True if invalid values present?",
9753 end if;
9754 end if;
9755 end;
9757 -- Skip second iteration if not warning on constant conditions or
9758 -- if the first iteration already generated a warning of some kind
9759 -- or if we are in any case assuming all values are valid (so that
9760 -- the first iteration took care of the valid case).
9762 exit when not Constant_Condition_Warnings;
9763 exit when Warning_Generated;
9764 exit when Assume_No_Invalid_Values;
9765 end loop;
9766 end Rewrite_Comparison;
9768 ----------------------------
9769 -- Safe_In_Place_Array_Op --
9770 ----------------------------
9772 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
9773 (Lhs : Node_Id;
9774 Op1 : Node_Id;
9775 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean
9777 Target : Entity_Id;
9779 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean;
9780 -- Operand is safe if it cannot overlap part of the target of the
9781 -- operation. If the operand and the target are identical, the operand
9782 -- is safe. The operand can be empty in the case of negation.
9784 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
9785 -- Check that N is a stand-alone entity
9787 ------------------
9788 -- Is_Unaliased --
9789 ------------------
9791 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9792 begin
9793 return
9794 Is_Entity_Name (N)
9795 and then No (Address_Clause (Entity (N)))
9796 and then No (Renamed_Object (Entity (N)));
9797 end Is_Unaliased;
9799 ---------------------
9800 -- Is_Safe_Operand --
9801 ---------------------
9803 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9804 begin
9805 if No (Op) then
9806 return True;
9808 elsif Is_Entity_Name (Op) then
9809 return Is_Unaliased (Op);
9811 elsif Nkind_In (Op, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component) then
9812 return Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op));
9814 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Slice then
9815 return
9816 Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op))
9817 and then Entity (Prefix (Op)) /= Target;
9819 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Op_Not then
9820 return Is_Safe_Operand (Right_Opnd (Op));
9822 else
9823 return False;
9824 end if;
9825 end Is_Safe_Operand;
9827 -- Start of processing for Is_Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
9829 begin
9830 -- Skip this processing if the component size is different from system
9831 -- storage unit (since at least for NOT this would cause problems).
9833 if Component_Size (Etype (Lhs)) /= System_Storage_Unit then
9834 return False;
9836 -- Cannot do in place stuff on VM_Target since cannot pass addresses
9838 elsif VM_Target /= No_VM then
9839 return False;
9841 -- Cannot do in place stuff if non-standard Boolean representation
9843 elsif Has_Non_Standard_Rep (Component_Type (Etype (Lhs))) then
9844 return False;
9846 elsif not Is_Unaliased (Lhs) then
9847 return False;
9848 else
9849 Target := Entity (Lhs);
9851 return
9852 Is_Safe_Operand (Op1)
9853 and then Is_Safe_Operand (Op2);
9854 end if;
9855 end Safe_In_Place_Array_Op;
9857 -----------------------
9858 -- Tagged_Membership --
9859 -----------------------
9861 -- There are two different cases to consider depending on whether the right
9862 -- operand is a class-wide type or not. If not we just compare the actual
9863 -- tag of the left expr to the target type tag:
9865 -- Left_Expr.Tag = Right_Type'Tag;
9867 -- If it is a class-wide type we use the RT function CW_Membership which is
9868 -- usually implemented by looking in the ancestor tables contained in the
9869 -- dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9871 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If it is a class-wide interface type we use the RT
9872 -- function IW_Membership which is usually implemented by looking in the
9873 -- table of abstract interface types plus the ancestor table contained in
9874 -- the dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9876 procedure Tagged_Membership
9877 (N : Node_Id;
9878 SCIL_Node : out Node_Id;
9879 Result : out Node_Id)
9881 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
9882 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
9883 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9885 Left_Type : Entity_Id;
9886 New_Node : Node_Id;
9887 Right_Type : Entity_Id;
9888 Obj_Tag : Node_Id;
9890 begin
9891 SCIL_Node := Empty;
9893 -- Handle entities from the limited view
9895 Left_Type := Available_View (Etype (Left));
9896 Right_Type := Available_View (Etype (Right));
9898 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type) then
9899 Left_Type := Root_Type (Left_Type);
9900 end if;
9902 Obj_Tag :=
9903 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
9904 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Left),
9905 Selector_Name =>
9906 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (Left_Type), Loc));
9908 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type) then
9910 -- No need to issue a run-time check if we statically know that the
9911 -- result of this membership test is always true. For example,
9912 -- considering the following declarations:
9914 -- type Iface is interface;
9915 -- type T is tagged null record;
9916 -- type DT is new T and Iface with null record;
9918 -- Obj1 : T;
9919 -- Obj2 : DT;
9921 -- These membership tests are always true:
9923 -- Obj1 in T'Class
9924 -- Obj2 in T'Class;
9925 -- Obj2 in Iface'Class;
9927 -- We do not need to handle cases where the membership is illegal.
9928 -- For example:
9930 -- Obj1 in DT'Class; -- Compile time error
9931 -- Obj1 in Iface'Class; -- Compile time error
9933 if not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type)
9934 and then (Is_Ancestor (Etype (Right_Type), Left_Type)
9935 or else (Is_Interface (Etype (Right_Type))
9936 and then Interface_Present_In_Ancestor
9937 (Typ => Left_Type,
9938 Iface => Etype (Right_Type))))
9939 then
9940 Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
9941 return;
9942 end if;
9944 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Class-wide applied to interfaces
9946 if Is_Interface (Etype (Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type)))
9948 -- Support to: "Iface_CW_Typ in Typ'Class"
9950 or else Is_Interface (Left_Type)
9951 then
9952 -- Issue error if IW_Membership operation not available in a
9953 -- configurable run time setting.
9955 if not RTE_Available (RE_IW_Membership) then
9956 Error_Msg_CRT
9957 ("dynamic membership test on interface types", N);
9958 Result := Empty;
9959 return;
9960 end if;
9962 Result :=
9963 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
9964 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_IW_Membership), Loc),
9965 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
9966 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9967 Prefix => Obj_Tag,
9968 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
9969 New_Reference_To (
9970 Node (First_Elmt
9971 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
9972 Loc)));
9974 -- Ada 95: Normal case
9976 else
9977 Build_CW_Membership (Loc,
9978 Obj_Tag_Node => Obj_Tag,
9979 Typ_Tag_Node =>
9980 New_Reference_To (
9981 Node (First_Elmt
9982 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
9983 Loc),
9984 Related_Nod => N,
9985 New_Node => New_Node);
9987 -- Generate the SCIL node for this class-wide membership test.
9988 -- Done here because the previous call to Build_CW_Membership
9989 -- relocates Obj_Tag.
9991 if Generate_SCIL then
9992 SCIL_Node := Make_SCIL_Membership_Test (Sloc (N));
9993 Set_SCIL_Entity (SCIL_Node, Etype (Right_Type));
9994 Set_SCIL_Tag_Value (SCIL_Node, Obj_Tag);
9995 end if;
9997 Result := New_Node;
9998 end if;
10000 -- Right_Type is not a class-wide type
10002 else
10003 -- No need to check the tag of the object if Right_Typ is abstract
10005 if Is_Abstract_Type (Right_Type) then
10006 Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
10008 else
10009 Result :=
10010 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
10011 Left_Opnd => Obj_Tag,
10012 Right_Opnd =>
10013 New_Reference_To
10014 (Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (Right_Type))), Loc));
10015 end if;
10016 end if;
10017 end Tagged_Membership;
10019 ------------------------------
10020 -- Unary_Op_Validity_Checks --
10021 ------------------------------
10023 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
10024 begin
10025 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
10026 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
10027 end if;
10028 end Unary_Op_Validity_Checks;
10030 end Exp_Ch4;